<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Stewart</id>
	<title>COALITION Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Stewart"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php/Special:Contributions/Stewart"/>
	<updated>2026-04-04T00:47:44Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.37.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Types_and_Submitting&amp;diff=1029</id>
		<title>Mission Types and Submitting</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Types_and_Submitting&amp;diff=1029"/>
		<updated>2018-01-24T18:35:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submitting missions:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please ensure your mission does not exceed 2mb in size. Anything larger will be denied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use an asterisk to specify in the description of your missions which specialties(if any) are necessary for the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before uploading your mission ensure that the name uses the following template:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cmf(version)_(co/tvt)(player count)_(mission_name).(map name)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; All lowercase. No capitalized letters. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;LINUX DOES NOT LIKE CAPITAL LETTERS, OUR SERVER RUNS LINUX!&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Submitting Missions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Go to: http://198.245.49.86/missions/index.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Press the &amp;#039;ADD&amp;#039; button and fill out all the details provided. They&amp;#039;re self-explanatory. &amp;#039;Times played&amp;#039; relates to whether the mission is new or not. New missions takes priority. In the description of the mission, you are advised to submit a link of the mission map. This will allow potential PLs to have a look at what they&amp;#039;ll be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;3)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The mission will now appear in the &amp;#039;missions&amp;#039; section of the directory. However, you now have to actually upload it for testing. Press &amp;#039;browse&amp;#039; and upload the .pbo file - remember to follow this template: cmf(version)_(co/tvt)(player count)_(mission_name).(map name)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;4)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Now click &amp;quot;request testing&amp;quot;. This will notify the QA team that a mission needs testing and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fixing Missions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; If your mission is broken, the QA team has to post a comment stating the issue with said mission. You will be notified on Discord immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Once you have fixed the mission, click &amp;#039;browse&amp;#039;, reupload it, then click &amp;#039;request testing&amp;#039;. You don&amp;#039;t have to rename it to, say, [version 2] as the server will automatically keep a backup file. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What we Look for in QA: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Does the mission look fun? &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Primary concern&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Is the fps good?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Does the mission flow and run as the briefing describes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Is the staging area in a good, safe location?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are there any unnecessary map markers or modules added?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are all the playable units placed correctly? (example: if its a nato mission make sure the playable units are nato for the gear script to run correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Gametype][number of players] - [Attack/Defend] | [Explain faction and gear type] | [Specialties]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EXAMPLE: COOP40 - Attack | RU Spetsnaz, NVGs | MMG, MAT*, Inf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Types_and_Submitting&amp;diff=1026</id>
		<title>Mission Types and Submitting</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Types_and_Submitting&amp;diff=1026"/>
		<updated>2018-01-24T05:44:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submitting missions:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please ensure your mission does not exceed 2mb in size. Anything larger will be denied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use an asterisk to specify in the description of your missions which specialties(if any) are necessary for the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before uploading your mission ensure that the name uses the following template:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cmf(version)_(co/tvt)(player count)_(mission_name).(map name)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; All lowercase. No capitalized letters. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;LINUX DOES NOT LIKE CAPITAL LETTERS, OUR SERVER RUNS LINUX!&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Submitting Missions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Go to: http://198.245.49.86/missions/index.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Press the &amp;#039;ADD&amp;#039; button and fill out all the details provided. They&amp;#039;re self-explanatory. &amp;#039;Times played&amp;#039; relates to whether the mission is new or not. New missions takes priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;3)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The mission will now appear in the &amp;#039;missions&amp;#039; section of the directory. However, you now have to actually upload it for testing. Press &amp;#039;browse&amp;#039; and upload the .pbo file - remember to follow this template: cmf(version)_(co/tvt)(player count)_(mission_name).(map name)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;4)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; HQ and QA team will be notified immediately and should be tested as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fixing Missions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; If your mission is broken, the QA team has to post a comment stating the issue with said mission. You will be notified on Discord immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Once you have fixed the mission, click &amp;#039;browse&amp;#039;, reupload it, then click &amp;#039;request testing&amp;#039;. You don&amp;#039;t have to rename it to, say, [version 2] as the server will automatically keep a backup file. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What we Look for in QA: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Does the mission look fun? &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Primary concern&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Is the fps good?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Does the mission flow and run as the briefing describes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Is the staging area in a good, safe location?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are there any unnecessary map markers or modules added?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are all the playable units placed correctly? (example: if its a nato mission make sure the playable units are nato for the gear script to run correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Gametype][number of players] - [Attack/Defend] | [Explain faction and gear type] | [Specialties]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EXAMPLE: COOP40 - Attack | RU Spetsnaz, NVGs | MMG, MAT*, Inf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Types_and_Submitting&amp;diff=1025</id>
		<title>Mission Types and Submitting</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Types_and_Submitting&amp;diff=1025"/>
		<updated>2018-01-24T05:40:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submitting missions:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please ensure your mission does not exceed 2mb in size. Anything larger will be denied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use an asterisk to specify in the description of your missions which specialties(if any) are necessary for the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before uploading your mission ensure that the name uses the following template:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cmf(version)_(co/tvt)(player count)_(mission_name).(map name)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; All lowercase. No capitalized letters. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;LINUX DOES NOT LIKE CAPITAL LETTERS, OUR SERVER RUNS LINUX!&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Submitting Missions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Go to: http://198.245.49.86/missions/index.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Press the &amp;#039;ADD&amp;#039; button and fill out all the details provided. They&amp;#039;re self-explanatory. &amp;#039;Times played&amp;#039; relates to whether the mission is new or not. New missions takes priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;3)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The mission will now appear in the &amp;#039;missions&amp;#039; section. Now add the .pbo - browse and select the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;4)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; HQ and QA team will be notified immediately and should be tested as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fixing Missions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; If your mission is broken, the QA team has to post a comment stating the issue with said mission. You will be notified on Discord immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Once you have fixed the mission, click &amp;#039;browse&amp;#039;, reupload it, then click &amp;#039;request testing&amp;#039;. You don&amp;#039;t have to rename it to, say, [version 2] as the server will automatically keep a backup file. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What we Look for in QA: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Does the mission look fun? &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Primary concern&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Is the fps good?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Does the mission flow and run as the briefing describes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Is the staging area in a good, safe location?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are there any unnecessary map markers or modules added?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are all the playable units placed correctly? (example: if its a nato mission make sure the playable units are nato for the gear script to run correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Gametype][number of players] - [Attack/Defend] | [Explain faction and gear type] | [Specialties]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EXAMPLE: COOP40 - Attack | RU Spetsnaz, NVGs | MMG, MAT*, Inf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Types_and_Submitting&amp;diff=1024</id>
		<title>Mission Types and Submitting</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Types_and_Submitting&amp;diff=1024"/>
		<updated>2018-01-24T05:40:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submitting missions:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please ensure your mission does not exceed 2mb in size. Anything larger will be denied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use an asterisk to specify in the description of your missions which specialties(if any) are necessary for the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before uploading your mission ensure that the name uses the following template:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cmf(version)_(co/tvt)(player count)_(mission_name).(map name)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; All lowercase. No capitalized letters. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;LINUX DOES NOT LIKE CAPITAL LETTERS, OUR SERVER RUNS LINUX!&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Submitting Missions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Go to: http://198.245.49.86/missions/index.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Press the &amp;#039;ADD&amp;#039; button and fill out all the details provided. They&amp;#039;re self-explanatory. &amp;#039;Times played&amp;#039; relates to whether the mission is new or not. New missions takes priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;3)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The mission will now appear in the &amp;#039;missions&amp;#039; section. Now add the .pbo - browse and select the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;4)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; HQ and QA team will be notified immediately and should be tested as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fixing Missions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; If your mission is broken, the QA team has to post a comment stating the issue with said mission. You will be notified on Discord immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Once you have fixed the mission, click &amp;#039;browse&amp;#039;, reupload it, then browse &amp;#039;request testing&amp;#039;. You don&amp;#039;t have to rename it to, say, [version 2] as the server will automatically keep a backup file. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What we Look for in QA: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Does the mission look fun? &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Primary concern&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Is the fps good?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Does the mission flow and run as the briefing describes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Is the staging area in a good, safe location?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are there any unnecessary map markers or modules added?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are all the playable units placed correctly? (example: if its a nato mission make sure the playable units are nato for the gear script to run correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Gametype][number of players] - [Attack/Defend] | [Explain faction and gear type] | [Specialties]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EXAMPLE: COOP40 - Attack | RU Spetsnaz, NVGs | MMG, MAT*, Inf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Types_and_Submitting&amp;diff=1023</id>
		<title>Mission Types and Submitting</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Types_and_Submitting&amp;diff=1023"/>
		<updated>2018-01-24T05:39:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submitting missions:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please ensure your mission does not exceed 2mb in size. Anything larger will be denied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use an asterisk to specify in the description of your missions which specialties(if any) are necessary for the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before uploading your mission ensure that the name uses the following template:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cmf(version)_(co/tvt)(player count)_(mission_name).(map name)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; All lowercase. No capitalized letters. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;LINUX DOES NOT LIKE CAPITAL LETTERS, OUR SERVER RUNS LINUX!&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Submitting Missions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1.)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Go to: http://198.245.49.86/missions/index.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2.)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Press the &amp;#039;ADD&amp;#039; button and fill out all the details provided. They&amp;#039;re self-explanatory. &amp;#039;Times played&amp;#039; relates to whether the mission is new or not. New missions takes priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;3.)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The mission will now appear in the &amp;#039;missions&amp;#039; section. Now add the .pbo - browse and select the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;4.)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; HQ and QA team will be notified immediately and should be tested as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fixing Missions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1.)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; If your mission is broken, the QA team has to post a comment stating the issue with said mission. You will be notified on Discord immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2.)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Once you have fixed the mission, click &amp;#039;browse&amp;#039;, reupload it, then browse &amp;#039;request testing&amp;#039;. You don&amp;#039;t have to rename it to, say, [version 2] as the server will automatically keep a backup file. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What we Look for in QA: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Does the mission look fun? &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Primary concern&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Is the fps good?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Does the mission flow and run as the briefing describes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Is the staging area in a good, safe location?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are there any unnecessary map markers or modules added?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are all the playable units placed correctly? (example: if its a nato mission make sure the playable units are nato for the gear script to run correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Gametype][number of players] - [Attack/Defend] | [Explain faction and gear type] | [Specialties]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EXAMPLE: COOP40 - Attack | RU Spetsnaz, NVGs | MMG, MAT*, Inf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Making_Tutorial&amp;diff=593</id>
		<title>Mission Making Tutorial</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Making_Tutorial&amp;diff=593"/>
		<updated>2017-09-26T12:42:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Gearscript: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Mission Making Tutorial: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.coalitiongroup.net/forums/viewtopic.php?f=11&amp;amp;t=627 Click here] for the beginners tutorial to mission making and Coalition Mission Framework (CMF), continue reading for a more in depth explanation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mission making is something that takes time getting used to. It relies on trial and error, and expect your first missions to be some time in the making. In this tutorial we’ll be doing a step-by-step mission making guide. Make sure you take your time and don’t stress, as doing things in hurry can be very unforgiving in the ArmA editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start things off you’ll need to download the Coalition Mission Framework [http://coalitiongroup.net/forums/viewtopic.php?f=11&amp;amp;t=7 (CMF)]. In simple terms it’s a mission already created with features and functions built into it. You will use this as a template when creating your missions. When you’ve downloaded the framework, place it somewhere where it’s easily accessible. You will use it more than once. Keep it somewhere safe and make sure you keep a master copy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have to pick your map. If you do not know the maps names in the editor, there is a quick and easy way to do it. Head into the ArmA 3 editor and pick the map you want to use. Now all you have to do is save your blank mission and name it something simple like “temp”. This will now create a folder called “temp.[mapname]”. The name after the dot is the name as recognized by the eden editor. For an example if you’re making a mission on Takistan it’s going to be called temp.takistan, but a mission on desert is not going to be temp.desert, rather temp.desert_E. As you can see, some maps have less obvious nomenclature, so I advise you to do this every time you pick a new map that you haven’t worked with before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you’ve picked your map, you have to copy the contents inside of the CMF.vr folder into your temp.takistan. Overwrite everything. Reload your mission, you will now see modules and units on the map. Go ahead and drag the modules outside the map boundary, since these should not be touched. You will also see three factions placed down, BLUFOR, OPFOR and IND. These units are all playable, all set up with radios and will work with gearscripts out of the box. This is when you pick the faction you want the players to be, not the AI or anything else. If it’s a TVT you might want both BLUFOR and OPFOR, so keep that in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this tutorial we will keep it simple, and go with BLUFOR. Delete all Opfor and Independent units, including the deployment zone for said factions. You now have a basic BLUFOR structure, and different specialist roles. Now is a good time to think about an idea for your mission; infiltration, patrol, clear an objective, take out an HVT are all simple mission ideas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the mission you’re making, you may want specialist roles. If you look at your units, you will see that you have specialist roles such as Helicopter Pilots, HMG Teams, Anti Air and Engineers. Pick the ones you want and delete the other specialist roles. When you have a good idea of what you want to do, put your players in a safe starting location. Make sure your mission is relative to our player count, don’t make it too big/small.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gearscript: ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before you getting into the mission making proper, you need to create a gearscript (or two, if a TvT) that will assign loadouts to each player.  First, you have to open up Virtual Arsenal. The menu on the right is what you’ll be paying attention to. Once you have picked the uniform – including vest, helmet, and backpack – click ‘set uniform’ and you’ll get confirmation via text. Afterwards, go over each item until all of the slots are full. Then, click export. It’ll copy the loadout to your clipboard and you’ll be able to paste it wherever you want. One more thing before the gearscript is complete. Head to the loadouts section in the mission file and pick the file you want. For us, it’ll be us_army_ocp.hpp - the default BLUFOR loadout. Simply paste the loadout you’ve created in between the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is what you&amp;#039;re after:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gearscript4.jpg|1440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to confirm that this is the loadout that will be used in the mission, check CfgLoadouts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The road doesn&amp;#039;t end here, however. Scroll down, and you&amp;#039;ll see a whole load of other shit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gearscript.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For some loadouts this won&amp;#039;t matter, but these are the default MANPADs, Sniper Rifle, Pistol and SMG used by the faction, amongst other things. To change these, we&amp;#039;ll need to get a bit more awkward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, let&amp;#039;s take the pistol for example. In this case, for the sake of argument, we want a FNX-45 with a red-dot and laser-light module. So we give it to the arse-man and hit the export button at the bottom - Not the one we used previously.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gearscript2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paste what Arsenal exports into an emplty page, and you&amp;#039;ll get something like this&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gearscript3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We want to find the classname for the pistol and its magazines. The pistol will be listed under &amp;quot;add weapons&amp;quot;, while the magazines will be in the uniform somewhere - going by the round-count of the magazine is a good way to identify it. In this case it&amp;#039;s 11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Replace &amp;quot;UK3CB_BAF_L131A1&amp;quot; on the left with &amp;quot;hgun_Pistol_heavy_01_F&amp;quot; from the right, and replace &amp;quot;UK3CB_BAF_9_17Rnd:3&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;11Rnd_45ACP_Mag:3&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Note, the :3 - this defines how many magazines will be added - You can see this is also the case for magazines on the weapons you originally exported like the rifle and AR. Make sure it&amp;#039;s there, because if you only put in the classname, there will only be one magazine loaded in the gun. In this case, we&amp;#039;ll bump it up to four to make up for the difference in ammo count. You can do the same for the SMG, Sniper Rifle, MANPADS, even hand-grenades and such. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The loadout script is very flexible and you&amp;#039;ll quickly get the hang of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Placing AI: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now when you’re done with setting up your faction it’s time to make your mission come to life. For co-ops AI is what we will be fighting, and utilizing the AI in ArmA can be done in many different ways. However, for a simple mission you shouldn’t do anything too complex. We have a built in AI mod made by tanaKa which will do most things for you. Place down AI where you want, but make sure they don’t interfere with your chosen faction&amp;#039;s starting location. You should always have the players in a safe location so they can safely set up a plan and brief everyone. With the eden editor you can place down AI inside buildings, and make the mission feel more alive. This part comes down to how you want the mission to be, however balance is key for a fun mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep in mind, certain missions may not require AI to be placed. The most notable of which would be ZEUS missions. Defense missions are typically zeus’d, which is basically real time placement and control of AI. ZEUS is only accessible by admins, so if you build a ZEUS mission it will be up to an administrator to place the AI for you. Any mission can be a zeus mission - often it can be better to only place a few AI where you want the bulk of them to be placed, that way admins can place AI based on our force size. This of course is not a cop out, you still have to make a good mission. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Naming your mission &amp;amp; Doing the briefing: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you feel like you’re done with your mission, it’s time to do the briefing. The briefing is located in missions\temp.takistan\f\briefing. This works the same as the gearscript does, pick the briefing for the respective faction you’re using. Everything in here is very self-explanatory. Make sure the objective is clear, so no questions will arise during the mission itself. If you have any notes for an admin about your mission, for an example if you want to delete an x amount of units if the player count is low, make sure you add that in the admin briefing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Located in missions\temp.takistan\scripts you will find a file called serverstart.sqf. If you open this file, there are two lines at the bottom that you have to edit. Where it says **Mission Title** and **By Author* is what you want to edit. What this does is it pops up your mission name and the authors name after the mission is done loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You’re also going to want to name the mission ingame and give it a description. This is done in the editor itself. Open up your mission, and on the top there should be a tab called “Attributes”. Head to General. Here is where you name the mission ingame and put the authors name. Also add a description to the mission, it should only be one sentence. This is to give everyone a general idea of what the mission is. Under Attributes -&amp;gt; Multiplayer you have to fill in the Summary. This will show a description of the mission in the slotting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you only have to name the mission folder. Your mission folder should look like this:  cmf_(co/tvt)(player count)_(mission_name).(map name). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you’re all done, take a look at the Mission Making Guidelines to make sure you submit your mission correctly.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If this tutorial didn’t do it for you, I would suggest looking at tanaKa’s [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2HDOBzzT0aw video] (also linked at the top) which explains how to create a mission, or head over to BI’s own [https://community.bistudio.com/wiki/Eden_Editor wiki] There’s also a #missiondesign channel in discord if you’ve run into any issues.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=File:Gearscript4.jpg&amp;diff=592</id>
		<title>File:Gearscript4.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=File:Gearscript4.jpg&amp;diff=592"/>
		<updated>2017-09-26T12:38:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=File:Gearscript3.png&amp;diff=591</id>
		<title>File:Gearscript3.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=File:Gearscript3.png&amp;diff=591"/>
		<updated>2017-09-26T12:35:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=File:Gearscript2.png&amp;diff=590</id>
		<title>File:Gearscript2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=File:Gearscript2.png&amp;diff=590"/>
		<updated>2017-09-26T12:34:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=File:Gearscript.png&amp;diff=589</id>
		<title>File:Gearscript.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=File:Gearscript.png&amp;diff=589"/>
		<updated>2017-09-26T12:30:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Making_Tutorial&amp;diff=588</id>
		<title>Mission Making Tutorial</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Making_Tutorial&amp;diff=588"/>
		<updated>2017-09-26T12:21:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Gearscript: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Mission Making Tutorial: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.coalitiongroup.net/forums/viewtopic.php?f=11&amp;amp;t=627 Click here] for the beginners tutorial to mission making and Coalition Mission Framework (CMF), continue reading for a more in depth explanation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mission making is something that takes time getting used to. It relies on trial and error, and expect your first missions to be some time in the making. In this tutorial we’ll be doing a step-by-step mission making guide. Make sure you take your time and don’t stress, as doing things in hurry can be very unforgiving in the ArmA editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start things off you’ll need to download the Coalition Mission Framework [http://coalitiongroup.net/forums/viewtopic.php?f=11&amp;amp;t=7 (CMF)]. In simple terms it’s a mission already created with features and functions built into it. You will use this as a template when creating your missions. When you’ve downloaded the framework, place it somewhere where it’s easily accessible. You will use it more than once. Keep it somewhere safe and make sure you keep a master copy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have to pick your map. If you do not know the maps names in the editor, there is a quick and easy way to do it. Head into the ArmA 3 editor and pick the map you want to use. Now all you have to do is save your blank mission and name it something simple like “temp”. This will now create a folder called “temp.[mapname]”. The name after the dot is the name as recognized by the eden editor. For an example if you’re making a mission on Takistan it’s going to be called temp.takistan, but a mission on desert is not going to be temp.desert, rather temp.desert_E. As you can see, some maps have less obvious nomenclature, so I advise you to do this every time you pick a new map that you haven’t worked with before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you’ve picked your map, you have to copy the contents inside of the CMF.vr folder into your temp.takistan. Overwrite everything. Reload your mission, you will now see modules and units on the map. Go ahead and drag the modules outside the map boundary, since these should not be touched. You will also see three factions placed down, BLUFOR, OPFOR and IND. These units are all playable, all set up with radios and will work with gearscripts out of the box. This is when you pick the faction you want the players to be, not the AI or anything else. If it’s a TVT you might want both BLUFOR and OPFOR, so keep that in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this tutorial we will keep it simple, and go with BLUFOR. Delete all Opfor and Independent units, including the deployment zone for said factions. You now have a basic BLUFOR structure, and different specialist roles. Now is a good time to think about an idea for your mission; infiltration, patrol, clear an objective, take out an HVT are all simple mission ideas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the mission you’re making, you may want specialist roles. If you look at your units, you will see that you have specialist roles such as Helicopter Pilots, HMG Teams, Anti Air and Engineers. Pick the ones you want and delete the other specialist roles. When you have a good idea of what you want to do, put your players in a safe starting location. Make sure your mission is relative to our player count, don’t make it too big/small.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gearscript: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Placing AI: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now when you’re done with setting up your faction it’s time to make your mission come to life. For co-ops AI is what we will be fighting, and utilizing the AI in ArmA can be done in many different ways. However, for a simple mission you shouldn’t do anything too complex. We have a built in AI mod made by tanaKa which will do most things for you. Place down AI where you want, but make sure they don’t interfere with your chosen faction&amp;#039;s starting location. You should always have the players in a safe location so they can safely set up a plan and brief everyone. With the eden editor you can place down AI inside buildings, and make the mission feel more alive. This part comes down to how you want the mission to be, however balance is key for a fun mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep in mind, certain missions may not require AI to be placed. The most notable of which would be ZEUS missions. Defense missions are typically zeus’d, which is basically real time placement and control of AI. ZEUS is only accessible by admins, so if you build a ZEUS mission it will be up to an administrator to place the AI for you. Any mission can be a zeus mission - often it can be better to only place a few AI where you want the bulk of them to be placed, that way admins can place AI based on our force size. This of course is not a cop out, you still have to make a good mission. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Naming your mission &amp;amp; Doing the briefing: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you feel like you’re done with your mission, it’s time to do the briefing. The briefing is located in missions\temp.takistan\f\briefing. This works the same as the gearscript does, pick the briefing for the respective faction you’re using. Everything in here is very self-explanatory. Make sure the objective is clear, so no questions will arise during the mission itself. If you have any notes for an admin about your mission, for an example if you want to delete an x amount of units if the player count is low, make sure you add that in the admin briefing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Located in missions\temp.takistan\scripts you will find a file called serverstart.sqf. If you open this file, there are two lines at the bottom that you have to edit. Where it says **Mission Title** and **By Author* is what you want to edit. What this does is it pops up your mission name and the authors name after the mission is done loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You’re also going to want to name the mission ingame and give it a description. This is done in the editor itself. Open up your mission, and on the top there should be a tab called “Attributes”. Head to General. Here is where you name the mission ingame and put the authors name. Also add a description to the mission, it should only be one sentence. This is to give everyone a general idea of what the mission is. Under Attributes -&amp;gt; Multiplayer you have to fill in the Summary. This will show a description of the mission in the slotting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you only have to name the mission folder. Your mission folder should look like this:  cmf_(co/tvt)(player count)_(mission_name).(map name). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you’re all done, take a look at the Mission Making Guidelines to make sure you submit your mission correctly.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If this tutorial didn’t do it for you, I would suggest looking at tanaKa’s [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2HDOBzzT0aw video] (also linked at the top) which explains how to create a mission, or head over to BI’s own [https://community.bistudio.com/wiki/Eden_Editor wiki] There’s also a #missiondesign channel in discord if you’ve run into any issues.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Types_and_Submitting&amp;diff=587</id>
		<title>Mission Types and Submitting</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Types_and_Submitting&amp;diff=587"/>
		<updated>2017-09-25T15:42:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submitting missions:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please ensure your mission does not exceed 2mb in size. Anything larger will be denied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use an asterisk to specify in the description of your missions which specialties(if any) are necessary for the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before uploading your mission ensure that the name uses the following template:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cmf(version)_(co/tvt)(player count)_(mission_name).(map name)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; All lowercase. No capitalized letters. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;LINUX DOES NOT LIKE CAPITAL LETTERS, OUR SERVER RUNS LINUX!&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Submitting Missions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1.)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Set up connection to the server. You can do this by creating a shortcut on your desktop and pasting the following in: &lt;br /&gt;
%windir%\explorer.exe ftp://missions:coalitionpw@198.245.49.86&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should look like [https://imgur.com/fOw320G this.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2.)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Once completed, upload your mission to the server by simply dragging the PBO over. If you want your mission played on the same weekend, you must submit it by 0000 CST on Thursday/Friday to be played Friday/Saturday respectively. If there are any issues, they can be ironed out by Friday/Saturday.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;3.)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create a thread in this forum with the mission name as the title. In the thread, fill in this information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [b][u]Map:[/u][/b] Map name&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
    [b][u]Max players:[/u][/b] Max players&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
    [b][u]Specialities:[/u][/b] 1 MMG, 1 MAT&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
    [b][u]Friendly Forces:[/u][/b] Example&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
    [b][u]Enemy Forces:[/u][/b] Example&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
    [b][u]Brief Description:[/u][/b] Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;4.)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Wait for approval from QA. If you update/fix the mission, post in the same thread with a changelog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;5.)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Finally, any issues or approvals will be posted within your thread. If you update your mission(s), use the same thread you originally created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What we Look for in QA: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Does the mission look fun? &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Primary concern&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Is the fps good?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Does the mission flow and run as the briefing describes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Is the staging area in a good, safe location?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are there any unnecessary map markers or modules added?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are all the playable units placed correctly? (example: if its a nato mission make sure the playable units are nato for the gear script to run correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Gametype][number of players] - [Attack/Defend] | [Explain faction and gear type] | [Specialties]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EXAMPLE: COOP40 - Attack | RU Spetsnaz, NVGs | MMG, MAT*, Inf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Types_and_Submitting&amp;diff=586</id>
		<title>Mission Types and Submitting</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Types_and_Submitting&amp;diff=586"/>
		<updated>2017-09-25T15:41:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submitting missions:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please ensure your mission does not exceed 2mb in size. Anything larger will be denied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use an asterisk to specify in the description of your missions which specialties(if any) are necessary for the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before uploading your mission ensure that the name uses the following template:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cmf(version)_(co/tvt)(player count)_(mission_name).(map name)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; All lowercase. No capitalized letters. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;LINUX DOES NOT LIKE CAPITAL LETTERS, OUR SERVER RUNS LINUX!&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Submitting Missions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1.)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Set up connection to the server. You can do this by creating a shortcut on your desktop and pasting the following in: &lt;br /&gt;
%windir%\explorer.exe ftp://missions:coalitionpw@198.245.49.86&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should look like [https://imgur.com/fOw320G this.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2.)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Once completed, upload your mission to the server by simply dragging the PBO over. If you want your mission played on the same weekend, you must submit it by 0000 CST on Thursday/Friday to be played Friday/Saturday respectively. If there are any issues, they can be ironed out by Friday/Saturday.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;3.)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Create a thread in this forum with the mission name as the title. In the thread, fill in this information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [b][u]Map:[/u][/b] Map name&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
    [b][u]Max players:[/u][/b] Max players&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
    [b][u]Specialities:[/u][/b] 1 MMG, 1 MAT&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
    [b][u]Friendly Forces:[/u][/b] Example&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
    [b][u]Enemy Forces:[/u][/b] Example&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
    [b][u]Brief Description:[/u][/b] Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.) Wait for approval from QA. If you update/fix the mission, post in the same thread with a changelog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.) Finally, any issues or approvals will be posted within your thread. If you update your mission(s), use the same thread you originally created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What we Look for in QA: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Does the mission look fun? &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Primary concern&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Is the fps good?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Does the mission flow and run as the briefing describes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Is the staging area in a good, safe location?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are there any unnecessary map markers or modules added?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are all the playable units placed correctly? (example: if its a nato mission make sure the playable units are nato for the gear script to run correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Gametype][number of players] - [Attack/Defend] | [Explain faction and gear type] | [Specialties]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EXAMPLE: COOP40 - Attack | RU Spetsnaz, NVGs | MMG, MAT*, Inf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Types_and_Submitting&amp;diff=585</id>
		<title>Mission Types and Submitting</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Types_and_Submitting&amp;diff=585"/>
		<updated>2017-09-25T15:40:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Submitting missions:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please ensure your mission does not exceed 2mb in size. Anything larger will be denied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use an asterisk to specify in the description of your missions which specialties(if any) are necessary for the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before uploading your mission ensure that the name uses the following template:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cmf(version)_(co/tvt)(player count)_(mission_name).(map name)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; All lowercase. No capitalized letters. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;LINUX DOES NOT LIKE CAPITAL LETTERS, OUR SERVER RUNS LINUX!&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Submitting Missions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.) Set up connection to the server. You can do this by creating a shortcut on your desktop and pasting the following in: &lt;br /&gt;
CODE: SELECT ALL&lt;br /&gt;
%windir%\explorer.exe ftp://missions:coalitionpw@198.245.49.86&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should look like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.) Once completed, upload your mission to the server by simply dragging the PBO over. If you want your mission played on the same weekend, you must submit it by 0000 CST on Thursday/Friday to be played Friday/Saturday respectively. If there are any issues, they can be ironed out by Friday/Saturday.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.) Create a thread in this forum with the mission name as the title. In the thread, fill in this information:&lt;br /&gt;
[b][u]Map:[/u][/b] Map name&lt;br /&gt;
[b][u]Max players:[/u][/b] Max players&lt;br /&gt;
[b][u]Specialities:[/u][/b] 1 MMG, 1 MAT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[b][u]Friendly Forces:[/u][/b] Example&lt;br /&gt;
[b][u]Enemy Forces:[/u][/b] Example&lt;br /&gt;
[b][u]Brief Description:[/u][/b] Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.) Wait for approval from QA. If you update/fix the mission, post in the same thread with a changelog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.) Finally, any issues or approvals will be posted within your thread. If you update your mission(s), use the same thread you originally created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What we Look for in QA: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Does the mission look fun? &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Primary concern&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Is the fps good?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Does the mission flow and run as the briefing describes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Is the staging area in a good, safe location?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are there any unnecessary map markers or modules added?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are all the playable units placed correctly? (example: if its a nato mission make sure the playable units are nato for the gear script to run correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Gametype][number of players] - [Attack/Defend] | [Explain faction and gear type] | [Specialties]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EXAMPLE: COOP40 - Attack | RU Spetsnaz, NVGs | MMG, MAT*, Inf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Making_Tutorial&amp;diff=584</id>
		<title>Mission Making Tutorial</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Mission_Making_Tutorial&amp;diff=584"/>
		<updated>2017-09-25T15:37:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Mission Making Tutorial: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.coalitiongroup.net/forums/viewtopic.php?f=11&amp;amp;t=627 Click here] for the beginners tutorial to mission making and Coalition Mission Framework (CMF), continue reading for a more in depth explanation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mission making is something that takes time getting used to. It relies on trial and error, and expect your first missions to be some time in the making. In this tutorial we’ll be doing a step-by-step mission making guide. Make sure you take your time and don’t stress, as doing things in hurry can be very unforgiving in the ArmA editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start things off you’ll need to download the Coalition Mission Framework [http://coalitiongroup.net/forums/viewtopic.php?f=11&amp;amp;t=7 (CMF)]. In simple terms it’s a mission already created with features and functions built into it. You will use this as a template when creating your missions. When you’ve downloaded the framework, place it somewhere where it’s easily accessible. You will use it more than once. Keep it somewhere safe and make sure you keep a master copy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have to pick your map. If you do not know the maps names in the editor, there is a quick and easy way to do it. Head into the ArmA 3 editor and pick the map you want to use. Now all you have to do is save your blank mission and name it something simple like “temp”. This will now create a folder called “temp.[mapname]”. The name after the dot is the name as recognized by the eden editor. For an example if you’re making a mission on Takistan it’s going to be called temp.takistan, but a mission on desert is not going to be temp.desert, rather temp.desert_E. As you can see, some maps have less obvious nomenclature, so I advise you to do this every time you pick a new map that you haven’t worked with before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you’ve picked your map, you have to copy the contents inside of the CMF.vr folder into your temp.takistan. Overwrite everything. Reload your mission, you will now see modules and units on the map. Go ahead and drag the modules outside the map boundary, since these should not be touched. You will also see three factions placed down, BLUFOR, OPFOR and IND. These units are all playable, all set up with radios and will work with gearscripts out of the box. This is when you pick the faction you want the players to be, not the AI or anything else. If it’s a TVT you might want both BLUFOR and OPFOR, so keep that in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this tutorial we will keep it simple, and go with BLUFOR. Delete all Opfor and Independent units, including the deployment zone for said factions. You now have a basic BLUFOR structure, and different specialist roles. Now is a good time to think about an idea for your mission; infiltration, patrol, clear an objective, take out an HVT are all simple mission ideas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the mission you’re making, you may want specialist roles. If you look at your units, you will see that you have specialist roles such as Helicopter Pilots, HMG Teams, Anti Air and Engineers. Pick the ones you want and delete the other specialist roles. When you have a good idea of what you want to do, put your players in a safe starting location. Make sure your mission is relative to our player count, don’t make it too big/small.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gearscript: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are different orders you can do this in, but it’s not a bad idea to get the gearscript out of the way before you jump into the more artistic aspects of mission making. For this I advise you to use [https://notepad-plus-plus.org/download/v7.3.3.html Notepad++] which will make reading documents a lot easier, or if you have style, you can use Sublime Text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gearscript is located in missions\temp.takistan\f\assignGear. This script will setup the loadout for all the players. When you have found the folder,  you will see gearscripts respective to all the different factions. If you’re using BLUFOR, f_assignGear_nato.sqf is the one you will be using. For OPFOR it would be f_assignGear_csat.sqf, for IND it would be f_assignGear_aaf.sqf. For now we will pick blufor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open up f_assignGear_nato.sqf with Notepad++. If you scroll down you should be seeing this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gear1.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a lot of text here which you might not understand at first, but it’s quite simple. Most of this code, you’re not going to change or even have to understand. This gearscript goes hand in hand with the virtual arsenal. You can access the virtual arsenal by right clicking on a unit in the editor and pressing “Edit Loadout”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The easiest way to do this is to create the loadout you want the players to have in the virtual arsenal - essentially you’re playing dress up. Do the loadout for the rifleman first, ‘cause it’s easier to build on (your basic rifleman has all the basics he needs, so for specialties, all you need to do is add whatever makes them special). When you feel like you’re done with your loadout, hit “export”. This copies your loadout to the clipboard, with all the different classnames you need. On Notepad++ you now want to hit “new” (ctrl + n), this creates a blank page. Copy your loadout onto this page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should now have something that looks like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gear2.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now all you have to do it copy paste all the different classnames to their respective place in f_assignGear_nato.sqf. For your standard issue rifle, it would be put under _rifle = “arifle_MX_F”;. If your standard issue rifle is an m4, replace “arifle_MX_F” with your m4’s classname. You’re also going to want to replace the magazines in the same way. It should look something like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
_rifle = &amp;quot;UK3CB_BAF_L85A2_RIS&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
_riflemag = &amp;quot;UK3CB_BAF_556_30Rnd&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
_riflemag_tr = &amp;quot;UK3CB_BAF_556_30Rnd_T&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here I took the L85A2 as an example, and as you can see I’ve replaced “arifle_MX_F” with &amp;quot;UK3CB_BAF_L85A2_RIS&amp;quot;; and the magazine components have been switched out with &amp;quot;UK3CB_BAF_556_30Rnd&amp;quot;, _riflemag_tr refers to the tracer magazine for your weapon. If you do not want tracers, you can add the normal magazine to the _riflemag_tr. Obviously you’re not done here, you will have to change weapons for every class you use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is what you’re going to want to do with everything you want to replace. Everything that a soldier carries is changeable in this file, including his gear. Gear works the same way as the weapons do. Replace the stock classnames. You do not have to change the amount of x items a soldier carries, since that’s done automatically. If you do want to change that however, f_assignGear_nato_standard.sqf is where you change specific items each soldier carries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously you’re going to want to change most classnames in f_assignGear_nato.sqf to make a complete loadout. If you use specialist roles make sure you change their classnames as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Community Made Gearscripts:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gearscripts are time consuming, and there’s no reason to not share them. Every gearscript a community member creates is posted on the forums for others to use. This is a way to save time, if you’re creating a USMC mission, and someone else has already made a USMC mission with a functioning gearscript you can simply use his gearscript, which will save you the effort of creating a new one. Community made gearscripts can be found [http://coalitiongroup.net/forums/viewforum.php?f=14 here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Removing Items:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removing certain items can cause difficulties. If you however, for an example don’t want NVG’s during your mission, you cannot delete this line:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
_nvg = &amp;quot;NVGoggles&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This goes for anything, do not delete lines. Instead, if you don’t want NVG’s add // infront of it. It would look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// _nvg = &amp;quot;NVGoggles&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This goes for anything you want to remove within the f_assignGear_&amp;#039;&amp;#039;faction&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.sqf / f_assignGear_&amp;#039;&amp;#039;faction&amp;#039;&amp;#039;_standard files, where &amp;#039;&amp;#039;faction&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is generally referred to as AAF(indfor), NATO(blufor), or CSAT(opfor). With doing this, ArmA will display script errors when loading your mission, but won&amp;#039;t cause fatal mission-breaking errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Placing AI: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now when you’re done with setting up your faction it’s time to make your mission come to life. For co-ops AI is what we will be fighting, and utilizing the AI in ArmA can be done in many different ways. However, for a simple mission you shouldn’t do anything too complex. We have a built in AI mod made by tanaKa which will do most things for you. Place down AI where you want, but make sure they don’t interfere with your chosen faction&amp;#039;s starting location. You should always have the players in a safe location so they can safely set up a plan and brief everyone. With the eden editor you can place down AI inside buildings, and make the mission feel more alive. This part comes down to how you want the mission to be, however balance is key for a fun mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep in mind, certain missions may not require AI to be placed. The most notable of which would be ZEUS missions. Defense missions are typically zeus’d, which is basically real time placement and control of AI. ZEUS is only accessible by admins, so if you build a ZEUS mission it will be up to an administrator to place the AI for you. Any mission can be a zeus mission - often it can be better to only place a few AI where you want the bulk of them to be placed, that way admins can place AI based on our force size. This of course is not a cop out, you still have to make a good mission. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Naming your mission &amp;amp; Doing the briefing: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you feel like you’re done with your mission, it’s time to do the briefing. The briefing is located in missions\temp.takistan\f\briefing. This works the same as the gearscript does, pick the briefing for the respective faction you’re using. Everything in here is very self-explanatory. Make sure the objective is clear, so no questions will arise during the mission itself. If you have any notes for an admin about your mission, for an example if you want to delete an x amount of units if the player count is low, make sure you add that in the admin briefing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Located in missions\temp.takistan\scripts you will find a file called serverstart.sqf. If you open this file, there are two lines at the bottom that you have to edit. Where it says **Mission Title** and **By Author* is what you want to edit. What this does is it pops up your mission name and the authors name after the mission is done loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You’re also going to want to name the mission ingame and give it a description. This is done in the editor itself. Open up your mission, and on the top there should be a tab called “Attributes”. Head to General. Here is where you name the mission ingame and put the authors name. Also add a description to the mission, it should only be one sentence. This is to give everyone a general idea of what the mission is. Under Attributes -&amp;gt; Multiplayer you have to fill in the Summary. This will show a description of the mission in the slotting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you only have to name the mission folder. Your mission folder should look like this:  cmf_(co/tvt)(player count)_(mission_name).(map name). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you’re all done, take a look at the Mission Making Guidelines to make sure you submit your mission correctly.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If this tutorial didn’t do it for you, I would suggest looking at tanaKa’s [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2HDOBzzT0aw video] (also linked at the top) which explains how to create a mission, or head over to BI’s own [https://community.bistudio.com/wiki/Eden_Editor wiki] There’s also a #missiondesign channel in discord if you’ve run into any issues.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Vehicle/Aircraft_Operations&amp;diff=552</id>
		<title>Vehicle/Aircraft Operations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Vehicle/Aircraft_Operations&amp;diff=552"/>
		<updated>2017-07-18T00:17:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Rotary Wing */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In almost all missions here at Coalition, vehicles will be used in many different capacities. It is important that you understand both ground and air vehicle operations if you plan on using them within sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ground Vehicles=&lt;br /&gt;
Ground vehicles can range from an ATV to an M1A2 Abrams main battle tank during sessions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transport===&lt;br /&gt;
Transport vehicles range from anything between light cars to heavy transport trucks. They are vehicles with very little to no combat effectiveness that are used to transport troops or supplies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transport vehicles are used to get from point A to point B. While most vehicles we use will be armed, you should not rely on them to provide as a frontline combat unit. With little to no armour and no crew protection, they make for easy targets. Instead you should try to use them as a base of fire, or to partially dismount and advance with the infantry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Combat Capable===&lt;br /&gt;
These are armoured personnel carriers, infantry fighting vehicles and main battl tanks. Refer to [[vehicle identification]] for a detailed list of such vehicles. APCs and IFVs are capable of transporting troops into the battlefield with added protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your role when you are crewing a combat capable vehicle is to support the infantry. The infantry will keep anit-tank crews away from you, while you support their advance and knock out any armor they encounter. You should never lead a push into a city or through hedgerows without infantry support. You have a mutually beneficial relationship with the infantry so use it to your advantage against enemy forces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Air Vehicles=&lt;br /&gt;
==Rotary Wing==&lt;br /&gt;
===Transport===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Easily distinguishable by their rotary sound, transport helicopters vary in size and shape. Light transport helicopters include the MH-6 Little Bird. Medium helicopters usually come in the form of Blackhawks and Hueys. The Russian variant would be an Mi-8. Bigger transport helicopters would be things like Chinooks, the Osprey or a Merlin. Transport helicopters are useful for quick insertions, or for travelling long distances. Can also be used as CAS if the helicopter in question has door-gunners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Combat Air Support(CAS)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fixed Wing==&lt;br /&gt;
===Transport===&lt;br /&gt;
===Combat Air Support(CAS)===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Vehicle/Aircraft_Operations&amp;diff=551</id>
		<title>Vehicle/Aircraft Operations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Vehicle/Aircraft_Operations&amp;diff=551"/>
		<updated>2017-07-18T00:12:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Combat Capable */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In almost all missions here at Coalition, vehicles will be used in many different capacities. It is important that you understand both ground and air vehicle operations if you plan on using them within sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ground Vehicles=&lt;br /&gt;
Ground vehicles can range from an ATV to an M1A2 Abrams main battle tank during sessions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transport===&lt;br /&gt;
Transport vehicles range from anything between light cars to heavy transport trucks. They are vehicles with very little to no combat effectiveness that are used to transport troops or supplies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transport vehicles are used to get from point A to point B. While most vehicles we use will be armed, you should not rely on them to provide as a frontline combat unit. With little to no armour and no crew protection, they make for easy targets. Instead you should try to use them as a base of fire, or to partially dismount and advance with the infantry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Combat Capable===&lt;br /&gt;
These are armoured personnel carriers, infantry fighting vehicles and main battl tanks. Refer to [[vehicle identification]] for a detailed list of such vehicles. APCs and IFVs are capable of transporting troops into the battlefield with added protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your role when you are crewing a combat capable vehicle is to support the infantry. The infantry will keep anit-tank crews away from you, while you support their advance and knock out any armor they encounter. You should never lead a push into a city or through hedgerows without infantry support. You have a mutually beneficial relationship with the infantry so use it to your advantage against enemy forces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Air Vehicles=&lt;br /&gt;
==Rotary Wing==&lt;br /&gt;
===Transport===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Easily distinguishable by their rotary sound, transport helicopters come in different types of shapes. The lighter helicopters being things such as littlebirds. Medium helicopters usually come in the form of something like a blackhawk or a UH-1H. The Russian variant would be an Mi-8. Bigger transport helicopters would be things like Chinooks, the Osprey or a Merlin. Transport helicopters are useful for quick insertions, or for travelling long distances. Can also be used as CAS if the helicopter in question has door-gunners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Combat Air Support(CAS)===&lt;br /&gt;
==Fixed Wing==&lt;br /&gt;
===Transport===&lt;br /&gt;
===Combat Air Support(CAS)===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Vehicle/Aircraft_Operations&amp;diff=550</id>
		<title>Vehicle/Aircraft Operations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Vehicle/Aircraft_Operations&amp;diff=550"/>
		<updated>2017-07-18T00:10:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Transport */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In almost all missions here at Coalition, vehicles will be used in many different capacities. It is important that you understand both ground and air vehicle operations if you plan on using them within sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ground Vehicles=&lt;br /&gt;
Ground vehicles can range from an ATV to an M1A2 Abrams main battle tank during sessions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transport===&lt;br /&gt;
Transport vehicles range from anything between light cars to heavy transport trucks. They are vehicles with very little to no combat effectiveness that are used to transport troops or supplies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transport vehicles are used to get from point A to point B. While most vehicles we use will be armed, you should not rely on them to provide as a frontline combat unit. With little to no armour and no crew protection, they make for easy targets. Instead you should try to use them as a base of fire, or to partially dismount and advance with the infantry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Combat Capable==&lt;br /&gt;
Normally armored. Infantry fighting vehicles and tanks. Capable of taking and giving a few hits. Can sometimes still transport troops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your role when you are crewing a combat capable vehicle is to support the infantry. The infantry will keep Anti Tank crews away from you, while you support their advance and knock out any armor they encounter. You should never lead a push into a city or through hedge rows without infantry support. The infantry are your extra eyes and ears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Air Vehicles=&lt;br /&gt;
==Rotary Wing==&lt;br /&gt;
===Transport===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Easily distinguishable by their rotary sound, transport helicopters come in different types of shapes. The lighter helicopters being things such as littlebirds. Medium helicopters usually come in the form of something like a blackhawk or a UH-1H. The Russian variant would be an Mi-8. Bigger transport helicopters would be things like Chinooks, the Osprey or a Merlin. Transport helicopters are useful for quick insertions, or for travelling long distances. Can also be used as CAS if the helicopter in question has door-gunners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Combat Air Support(CAS)===&lt;br /&gt;
==Fixed Wing==&lt;br /&gt;
===Transport===&lt;br /&gt;
===Combat Air Support(CAS)===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Vehicle/Aircraft_Operations&amp;diff=549</id>
		<title>Vehicle/Aircraft Operations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Vehicle/Aircraft_Operations&amp;diff=549"/>
		<updated>2017-07-18T00:10:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Transport */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In almost all missions here at Coalition, vehicles will be used in many different capacities. It is important that you understand both ground and air vehicle operations if you plan on using them within sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ground Vehicles=&lt;br /&gt;
Ground vehicles can range from an ATV to an M1A2 Abrams main battle tank during sessions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transport==&lt;br /&gt;
Transport vehicles range from anything between light cars to heavy transport trucks. They are vehicles with very little to no combat effectiveness that are used to transport troops or supplies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transport vehicles are used to get from point A to point B. While most vehicles we use will be armed, you should not rely on them to provide as a frontline combat unit. With little to no armour and no crew protection, they make for easy targets. Instead you should try to use them as a base of fire, or to partially dismount and advance with the infantry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Combat Capable==&lt;br /&gt;
Normally armored. Infantry fighting vehicles and tanks. Capable of taking and giving a few hits. Can sometimes still transport troops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your role when you are crewing a combat capable vehicle is to support the infantry. The infantry will keep Anti Tank crews away from you, while you support their advance and knock out any armor they encounter. You should never lead a push into a city or through hedge rows without infantry support. The infantry are your extra eyes and ears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Air Vehicles=&lt;br /&gt;
==Rotary Wing==&lt;br /&gt;
===Transport===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Easily distinguishable by their rotary sound, transport helicopters come in different types of shapes. The lighter helicopters being things such as littlebirds. Medium helicopters usually come in the form of something like a blackhawk or a UH-1H. The Russian variant would be an Mi-8. Bigger transport helicopters would be things like Chinooks, the Osprey or a Merlin. Transport helicopters are useful for quick insertions, or for travelling long distances. Can also be used as CAS if the helicopter in question has door-gunners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Combat Air Support(CAS)===&lt;br /&gt;
==Fixed Wing==&lt;br /&gt;
===Transport===&lt;br /&gt;
===Combat Air Support(CAS)===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=506</id>
		<title>Communication and Marking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=506"/>
		<updated>2017-06-22T07:48:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Radio Procedures &amp;amp; Prowords */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Communication is top priority whether you&amp;#039;re a rifleman or a platoon leader. Remember, during a session, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;if you&amp;#039;re not shooting or moving, you should be communicating&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Through our radio system (ACRE2), we use a full-duplex system which allows multiple people with different radios to talk on the same channel at the same time. This means we have to practice certain protocols to ensure information flows up and down the chain of command properly. By default the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key allows you to transmit over the radio. Below is an image of the message that will appear in the bottom right of your screen when you are transmitting over the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TransmittingImage.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to letting you know that you are transmitting this message also display some useful information. It shows which radio you are broadcasting on (in this case the PRC-343) and which channel you are broadcasting on (in this case Block 1 - Channel 1). This is important to note so you are transmitting on the correct channel using the correct radio. Before the mission starts it is worth checking your gear to see which radios you have. If you have to change the channel you are broadcasting on, you can open and close the currently selected radio by using the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Alt + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Or by double clicking the radio in your inventory. If you need to cycle between multiple radio, use the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Shift + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. A full list of hotkeys can be found in the section below or the mission briefing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radios &amp;amp; Radio Channels === &lt;br /&gt;
All radio nets are listed at the map briefing screen. However, you can also find a list of them here. All fireteams have their own private AN/PRC-343 (&amp;quot;walkie-talkie&amp;quot;) while communication between assets, squads, and the platoon all happen on different long-range radios such as the AN/PRC-152, AN/PRC-148, and the AN/PRC-117F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range AN/PRC-343:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-343 or 343 is most basic radio we use. It is mostly used to communicate between fire team members. Almost every position uses a 343 to communicate and it is an important radio to become familiar with. The 343 has the shortest range of all the radios we use so it is important to remember it can only be used to contact nearby elements. The 343 comes equipped with a 2.5in antenna, a max output of 50mW and a range of up to 500 metres in rural terrain. The 343 operates on an Ultra High Frequency. This means they cannot transmit or receive messages from a 152 or 148. Below is an image of the 343 when you open it up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:343Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the 343, you can see there are two dials at the top as well as a detachable handle on the left side. The left dial can be used to change the volume of your radio. The right dial can be used to change the channel of your radio. The radio will go from channel 1 to channel 16. The handle on the right can also be detached to in order to change the block being transmitted on. Currently there is not need to change the block. Make sure the handle is attached or the radio will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-152&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-152, more commonly referred to as 152, is a more advanced radio, handled by the squad leader to communicate with command. It uses predefined, pre-programmed channels like the 343 and 148, but is much more powerful. It functions on a Ultra High Frequency, has an output of 5W, and a range of up to ten kilometres in ideal conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:152Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 152 has two controllabe buttons that you need to worry about: the top middle one, which changes channels, and the buttons at the side which are used to adjust volume. To change a channel, simply click on the top middle button (left to go up a channel, right to go back one). To change volume, you do the same.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-148&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-148 is generally used by a squad leader and specialty (ex: engineering) leader to communicate with command. Though the 148 works basically like a 152, we use it so we can avoid issuing two 152s as that may be confusing. The 148 has the same specifications as the 152.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:148Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the default key to open up your 148 and you are left with that screen. To change channels, once again you have to press the top middle button. To change volume, simply click the button on the leftmost side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Channels === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range PRC-343 Channels:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Alpha 2  &lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Alpha 3 &lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Bravo 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Bravo 2 &lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Bravo 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Charlie 1&lt;br /&gt;
CH8 - Charlie 2&lt;br /&gt;
CH9 - Charlie 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH10 - Inter-Armor&lt;br /&gt;
CH11 - Inter-Air&lt;br /&gt;
CH12 - Inter-Platoon&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long-Range PRC-152/148/117F Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Bravo Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Charlie Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Platoon Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Air Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Armor Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Emergency Net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Procedures &amp;amp; Prowords===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:D90958430728b867af17e012e2226a11.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before making a transmission, remember the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Accuracy:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Is what you&amp;#039;re saying solid information? If reporting contact, have you double checked their direction and distance from you?&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Brevity:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; KISS - keep it short and simple. Convey as much information in as little. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Clarity:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Make sure that you speak slowly, steadily and as clearly as you can. Do your best to remain calm under pressure. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;You are Alpha 1 Fireteam Leader and you see enemies in front of your team, but they&amp;#039;re not aware of your presence.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than a message such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Squad Lead, this is Alpha 1, we uh, see about a squad size or even maybe two squads of infantry in the open over here and we need to know if we should shoot them or wait. So far, I don&amp;#039;t think they uh, have noticed us and we&amp;#039;re prone on the hill here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A proper message with brevity would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ASL, this is A1, we have an EI squad soft contact 300 meters from us at the treeline north. Check map for &amp;quot;EI&amp;quot; mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some good key words to remember are listed in the table below. Use them to limit the time you&amp;#039;re on net.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Proword !! style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;| Meaning &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| CORRECTION || An error has been made in this transmission. Transmission will continue with the last word correctly transmitted.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| I SAY AGAIN || I am repeating transmission or portion indicated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| OUT || This is the end of my transmission to you and no answer is required or expected.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| OVER || This is the end of my transmission to you and a response is necessary. Go ahead; transmit.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| BREAK || I hereby indicate the separation of the text from other portions of the message.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| ROGER || I have received your last transmission satisfactorily, and loud and clear.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| SAY AGAIN || Repeat all of your last transmission.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| SEND || I have received your initial call; pass on the rest of your message.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| THIS IS || This transmission is from the station whose designator/callsign immediately follows.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| WILCO || I have received your signal, understand it, and will comply. To be used only by the addressee. Since the meaning of ROGER is included in that of WILCO, the two prowords are never used together.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Default Hotkeys ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, your hotkeys are set to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Default voice over network key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 1 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 2 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 3 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Previous Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Next Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + LEFT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Left Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Both Ears&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + RIGHT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Right Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Toggle headset (takes them off your ears)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;TAB + Scroll UP/DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Volume control&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Switch radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Open radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Direct Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Direct communication is any communication done between two or more players in real time. Direct communication is a skill that must be developed in order to relay information between fireteam members more efficiently and ultimately increase surviveability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Calls ===&lt;br /&gt;
A contact is anything unknown that you&amp;#039;re able to visually or audibly identify as being present. A contact is not specifically an enemy vehicle or infantry, so make sure you always identify prior in order to avoid friendly fire incidents. Examples of contact calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I got audio on something tracked to the north in the treeline. Unknown distance&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact, infantry moving in the trees to the southwest, 300 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Marking ==&lt;br /&gt;
Marking is any visual form of identification across one or more mediums. This includes marks on the global map, spray painting doors after buildings have been cleared, or even lasing targets with a laser designator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Types ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two map types: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Un-textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The map type can be toggled at the top right of the map screen. It is recommended that you use un-textured for clarity of terrain and markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TEXTURED.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Un-Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:untextured.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Marking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of map marking: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Icons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drawn Lines&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Every mark on the map must be color-coded based on who the mark is for. There are also specific techniques that platoon and squad leaders must use when developing plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Marking Color Code ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When marking the map, it is important to use the correct color to indicate which element the mark being added is addressed to. This means that all red marks are for alpha squad and so on for each element. Below is a list of the color code used for each element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha - Red&lt;br /&gt;
Bravo - Blue&lt;br /&gt;
Charlie - Green&lt;br /&gt;
Individual Specialties (MMG, MTR, MAT) - Purple&lt;br /&gt;
Command - Yellow&lt;br /&gt;
Armor - Orange&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone - Black&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to mission start, you can set your marker color at the top right of the map screen. This should be done by everyone while safe start is on. Below is a image of the drop down to select your marker color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ColorSelection.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Icons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons are used for specific points such as dismounting, convoy start points, or even mortar/air strike requests. Icon example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:icon.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Drawn Lines ====&lt;br /&gt;
Lines are used to draw movement plans, areas of operation, or even specific blocking orders. Lines can be drawn by holding down the left control key and left mouse button. Line example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EI Map Marks ====&lt;br /&gt;
EI: Enemy Infantry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every &amp;quot;EI call&amp;quot; must be marked on the map once they are pointed out. This allows for direct identification on all levels of command based on color-coded marks. As an example, if it&amp;#039;s a green &amp;quot;ei&amp;quot; mark, then charlie has obviously spotted and called out enemy infantry. Alternatively, if it was blue, bravo has spotted them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Alpha has marked spotted EI at the top of this hill:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:eimark.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we also name terrain within the area of operation. As this hill&amp;#039;s overall peak is 100 meters above sea-level, we&amp;#039;d often refer to this as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;hill 100&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and mark it as such.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Command Map Planning ===&lt;br /&gt;
Regardless of who is in command at the time of mission start, all mission commanders need to follow the same type of planning system. This ensures that all players have a streamlined and structured experience without the need to adapt to different leadership styles as a whole. Failure to do so will result in commanding rights being revoked. The following are examples of full plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Convoy ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:convoy.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also note that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; convoy planned-missions must have a Mount Order defined prior to mission start. A stand MO looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mount order.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Infantry ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:infantry.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Full Plans ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Convoy with Infantry Dismount/Assault =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fullplanlines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calls for Fire ===&lt;br /&gt;
Calls for fire will always be directed by a Joint Terminal Attack Controller(JTAC)/Forward Observer(FO) if available. If not, all leadership can request support through their chain of command. Only the highest level leader may contact the supports directly for fire if there is no JTAC/FO available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mortar Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MORTARS.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Air Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
All airstrike requests &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MUST&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; have an IP (Initial Point) and a &amp;quot;strike&amp;quot; mark as an &amp;quot;X&amp;quot;. If there is multiple air defense threats, the requester can also mark an egress point for safety, but it is not required. All related-points must have the same identifier. In this screenshot, the identifier is &amp;quot;ROMEO&amp;quot;. This means IP Romeo, AS Romeo, and EP Romeo would all be the same strike package.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:airstrike.png|center|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=505</id>
		<title>Communication and Marking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=505"/>
		<updated>2017-06-22T07:47:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Radio Communication */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Communication is top priority whether you&amp;#039;re a rifleman or a platoon leader. Remember, during a session, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;if you&amp;#039;re not shooting or moving, you should be communicating&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Through our radio system (ACRE2), we use a full-duplex system which allows multiple people with different radios to talk on the same channel at the same time. This means we have to practice certain protocols to ensure information flows up and down the chain of command properly. By default the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key allows you to transmit over the radio. Below is an image of the message that will appear in the bottom right of your screen when you are transmitting over the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TransmittingImage.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to letting you know that you are transmitting this message also display some useful information. It shows which radio you are broadcasting on (in this case the PRC-343) and which channel you are broadcasting on (in this case Block 1 - Channel 1). This is important to note so you are transmitting on the correct channel using the correct radio. Before the mission starts it is worth checking your gear to see which radios you have. If you have to change the channel you are broadcasting on, you can open and close the currently selected radio by using the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Alt + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Or by double clicking the radio in your inventory. If you need to cycle between multiple radio, use the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Shift + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. A full list of hotkeys can be found in the section below or the mission briefing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radios &amp;amp; Radio Channels === &lt;br /&gt;
All radio nets are listed at the map briefing screen. However, you can also find a list of them here. All fireteams have their own private AN/PRC-343 (&amp;quot;walkie-talkie&amp;quot;) while communication between assets, squads, and the platoon all happen on different long-range radios such as the AN/PRC-152, AN/PRC-148, and the AN/PRC-117F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range AN/PRC-343:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-343 or 343 is most basic radio we use. It is mostly used to communicate between fire team members. Almost every position uses a 343 to communicate and it is an important radio to become familiar with. The 343 has the shortest range of all the radios we use so it is important to remember it can only be used to contact nearby elements. The 343 comes equipped with a 2.5in antenna, a max output of 50mW and a range of up to 500 metres in rural terrain. The 343 operates on an Ultra High Frequency. This means they cannot transmit or receive messages from a 152 or 148. Below is an image of the 343 when you open it up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:343Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the 343, you can see there are two dials at the top as well as a detachable handle on the left side. The left dial can be used to change the volume of your radio. The right dial can be used to change the channel of your radio. The radio will go from channel 1 to channel 16. The handle on the right can also be detached to in order to change the block being transmitted on. Currently there is not need to change the block. Make sure the handle is attached or the radio will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-152&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-152, more commonly referred to as 152, is a more advanced radio, handled by the squad leader to communicate with command. It uses predefined, pre-programmed channels like the 343 and 148, but is much more powerful. It functions on a Ultra High Frequency, has an output of 5W, and a range of up to ten kilometres in ideal conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:152Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 152 has two controllabe buttons that you need to worry about: the top middle one, which changes channels, and the buttons at the side which are used to adjust volume. To change a channel, simply click on the top middle button (left to go up a channel, right to go back one). To change volume, you do the same.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-148&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-148 is generally used by a squad leader and specialty (ex: engineering) leader to communicate with command. Though the 148 works basically like a 152, we use it so we can avoid issuing two 152s as that may be confusing. The 148 has the same specifications as the 152.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:148Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the default key to open up your 148 and you are left with that screen. To change channels, once again you have to press the top middle button. To change volume, simply click the button on the leftmost side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Channels === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range PRC-343 Channels:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Alpha 2  &lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Alpha 3 &lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Bravo 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Bravo 2 &lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Bravo 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Charlie 1&lt;br /&gt;
CH8 - Charlie 2&lt;br /&gt;
CH9 - Charlie 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH10 - Inter-Armor&lt;br /&gt;
CH11 - Inter-Air&lt;br /&gt;
CH12 - Inter-Platoon&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long-Range PRC-152/148/117F Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Bravo Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Charlie Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Platoon Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Air Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Armor Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Emergency Net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Procedures &amp;amp; Prowords===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:D90958430728b867af17e012e2226a11.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before making a transmission, remember the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Accuracy:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Is what you&amp;#039;re saying solid information? If reporting contact, have you double checked their direction and distance from you? &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Brevity:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; KISS - keep it short and simple. Convey as much information in as little.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Clarity:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Make sure that you speak slowly, steadily and as clearly as you can. Do your best to remain calm under pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;You are Alpha 1 Fireteam Leader and you see enemies in front of your team, but they&amp;#039;re not aware of your presence.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than a message such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Squad Lead, this is Alpha 1, we uh, see about a squad size or even maybe two squads of infantry in the open over here and we need to know if we should shoot them or wait. So far, I don&amp;#039;t think they uh, have noticed us and we&amp;#039;re prone on the hill here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A proper message with brevity would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ASL, this is A1, we have an EI squad soft contact 300 meters from us at the treeline north. Check map for &amp;quot;EI&amp;quot; mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some good key words to remember are listed in the table below. Use them to limit the time you&amp;#039;re on net.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Proword !! style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;| Meaning &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| CORRECTION || An error has been made in this transmission. Transmission will continue with the last word correctly transmitted.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| I SAY AGAIN || I am repeating transmission or portion indicated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| OUT || This is the end of my transmission to you and no answer is required or expected.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| OVER || This is the end of my transmission to you and a response is necessary. Go ahead; transmit.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| BREAK || I hereby indicate the separation of the text from other portions of the message.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| ROGER || I have received your last transmission satisfactorily, and loud and clear.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| SAY AGAIN || Repeat all of your last transmission.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| SEND || I have received your initial call; pass on the rest of your message.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| THIS IS || This transmission is from the station whose designator/callsign immediately follows.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| WILCO || I have received your signal, understand it, and will comply. To be used only by the addressee. Since the meaning of ROGER is included in that of WILCO, the two prowords are never used together.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Default Hotkeys ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, your hotkeys are set to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Default voice over network key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 1 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 2 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 3 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Previous Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Next Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + LEFT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Left Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Both Ears&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + RIGHT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Right Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Toggle headset (takes them off your ears)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;TAB + Scroll UP/DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Volume control&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Switch radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Open radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Direct Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Direct communication is any communication done between two or more players in real time. Direct communication is a skill that must be developed in order to relay information between fireteam members more efficiently and ultimately increase surviveability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Calls ===&lt;br /&gt;
A contact is anything unknown that you&amp;#039;re able to visually or audibly identify as being present. A contact is not specifically an enemy vehicle or infantry, so make sure you always identify prior in order to avoid friendly fire incidents. Examples of contact calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I got audio on something tracked to the north in the treeline. Unknown distance&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact, infantry moving in the trees to the southwest, 300 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Marking ==&lt;br /&gt;
Marking is any visual form of identification across one or more mediums. This includes marks on the global map, spray painting doors after buildings have been cleared, or even lasing targets with a laser designator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Types ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two map types: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Un-textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The map type can be toggled at the top right of the map screen. It is recommended that you use un-textured for clarity of terrain and markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TEXTURED.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Un-Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:untextured.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Marking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of map marking: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Icons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drawn Lines&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Every mark on the map must be color-coded based on who the mark is for. There are also specific techniques that platoon and squad leaders must use when developing plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Marking Color Code ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When marking the map, it is important to use the correct color to indicate which element the mark being added is addressed to. This means that all red marks are for alpha squad and so on for each element. Below is a list of the color code used for each element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha - Red&lt;br /&gt;
Bravo - Blue&lt;br /&gt;
Charlie - Green&lt;br /&gt;
Individual Specialties (MMG, MTR, MAT) - Purple&lt;br /&gt;
Command - Yellow&lt;br /&gt;
Armor - Orange&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone - Black&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to mission start, you can set your marker color at the top right of the map screen. This should be done by everyone while safe start is on. Below is a image of the drop down to select your marker color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ColorSelection.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Icons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons are used for specific points such as dismounting, convoy start points, or even mortar/air strike requests. Icon example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:icon.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Drawn Lines ====&lt;br /&gt;
Lines are used to draw movement plans, areas of operation, or even specific blocking orders. Lines can be drawn by holding down the left control key and left mouse button. Line example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EI Map Marks ====&lt;br /&gt;
EI: Enemy Infantry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every &amp;quot;EI call&amp;quot; must be marked on the map once they are pointed out. This allows for direct identification on all levels of command based on color-coded marks. As an example, if it&amp;#039;s a green &amp;quot;ei&amp;quot; mark, then charlie has obviously spotted and called out enemy infantry. Alternatively, if it was blue, bravo has spotted them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Alpha has marked spotted EI at the top of this hill:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:eimark.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we also name terrain within the area of operation. As this hill&amp;#039;s overall peak is 100 meters above sea-level, we&amp;#039;d often refer to this as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;hill 100&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and mark it as such.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Command Map Planning ===&lt;br /&gt;
Regardless of who is in command at the time of mission start, all mission commanders need to follow the same type of planning system. This ensures that all players have a streamlined and structured experience without the need to adapt to different leadership styles as a whole. Failure to do so will result in commanding rights being revoked. The following are examples of full plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Convoy ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:convoy.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also note that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; convoy planned-missions must have a Mount Order defined prior to mission start. A stand MO looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mount order.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Infantry ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:infantry.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Full Plans ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Convoy with Infantry Dismount/Assault =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fullplanlines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calls for Fire ===&lt;br /&gt;
Calls for fire will always be directed by a Joint Terminal Attack Controller(JTAC)/Forward Observer(FO) if available. If not, all leadership can request support through their chain of command. Only the highest level leader may contact the supports directly for fire if there is no JTAC/FO available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mortar Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MORTARS.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Air Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
All airstrike requests &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MUST&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; have an IP (Initial Point) and a &amp;quot;strike&amp;quot; mark as an &amp;quot;X&amp;quot;. If there is multiple air defense threats, the requester can also mark an egress point for safety, but it is not required. All related-points must have the same identifier. In this screenshot, the identifier is &amp;quot;ROMEO&amp;quot;. This means IP Romeo, AS Romeo, and EP Romeo would all be the same strike package.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:airstrike.png|center|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=504</id>
		<title>Communication and Marking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=504"/>
		<updated>2017-06-22T07:39:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Radios &amp;amp; Radio Channels */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Communication is top priority whether you&amp;#039;re a rifleman or a platoon leader. Remember, during a session, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;if you&amp;#039;re not shooting or moving, you should be communicating&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Through our radio system (ACRE2), we use a full-duplex system which allows multiple people with different radios to talk on the same channel at the same time. This means we have to practice certain protocols to ensure information flows up and down the chain of command properly. By default the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key allows you to transmit over the radio. Below is an image of the message that will appear in the bottom right of your screen when you are transmitting over the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TransmittingImage.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to letting you know that you are transmitting this message also display some useful information. It shows which radio you are broadcasting on (in this case the PRC-343) and which channel you are broadcasting on (in this case Block 1 - Channel 1). This is important to note so you are transmitting on the correct channel using the correct radio. Before the mission starts it is worth checking your gear to see which radios you have. If you have to change the channel you are broadcasting on, you can open and close the currently selected radio by using the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Alt + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Or by double clicking the radio in your inventory. If you need to cycle between multiple radio, use the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Shift + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. A full list of hotkeys can be found in the section below or the mission briefing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radios &amp;amp; Radio Channels === &lt;br /&gt;
All radio nets are listed at the map briefing screen. However, you can also find a list of them here. All fireteams have their own private AN/PRC-343 (&amp;quot;walkie-talkie&amp;quot;) while communication between assets, squads, and the platoon all happen on different long-range radios such as the AN/PRC-152, AN/PRC-148, and the AN/PRC-117F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range AN/PRC-343:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-343 or 343 is most basic radio we use. It is mostly used to communicate between fire team members. Almost every position uses a 343 to communicate and it is an important radio to become familiar with. The 343 has the shortest range of all the radios we use so it is important to remember it can only be used to contact nearby elements. The 343 comes equipped with a 2.5in antenna, a max output of 50mW and a range of up to 500 metres in rural terrain. The 343 operates on an Ultra High Frequency. This means they cannot transmit or receive messages from a 152 or 148. Below is an image of the 343 when you open it up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:343Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the 343, you can see there are two dials at the top as well as a detachable handle on the left side. The left dial can be used to change the volume of your radio. The right dial can be used to change the channel of your radio. The radio will go from channel 1 to channel 16. The handle on the right can also be detached to in order to change the block being transmitted on. Currently there is not need to change the block. Make sure the handle is attached or the radio will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-152&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-152, more commonly referred to as 152, is a more advanced radio, handled by the squad leader to communicate with command. It uses predefined, pre-programmed channels like the 343 and 148, but is much more powerful. It functions on a Ultra High Frequency, has an output of 5W, and a range of up to ten kilometres in ideal conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:152Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 152 has two controllabe buttons that you need to worry about: the top middle one, which changes channels, and the buttons at the side which are used to adjust volume. To change a channel, simply click on the top middle button (left to go up a channel, right to go back one). To change volume, you do the same.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-148&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-148 is generally used by a squad leader and specialty (ex: engineering) leader to communicate with command. Though the 148 works basically like a 152, we use it so we can avoid issuing two 152s as that may be confusing. The 148 has the same specifications as the 152.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:148Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the default key to open up your 148 and you are left with that screen. To change channels, once again you have to press the top middle button. To change volume, simply click the button on the leftmost side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Channels === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range PRC-343 Channels:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Alpha 2  &lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Alpha 3 &lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Bravo 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Bravo 2 &lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Bravo 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Charlie 1&lt;br /&gt;
CH8 - Charlie 2&lt;br /&gt;
CH9 - Charlie 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH10 - Inter-Armor&lt;br /&gt;
CH11 - Inter-Air&lt;br /&gt;
CH12 - Inter-Platoon&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long-Range PRC-152/148/117F Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Bravo Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Charlie Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Platoon Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Air Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Armor Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Emergency Net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Brevity ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:D90958430728b867af17e012e2226a11.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is the ability to transmit your message with utmost accuracy as quickly as possible. An example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;You are Alpha 1 Fireteam Leader and you see enemies in front of your team, but they&amp;#039;re not aware of your presence.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than a message such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Squad Lead, this is Alpha 1, we uh, see about a squad size or even maybe two squads of infantry in the open over here and we need to know if we should shoot them or wait. So far, I don&amp;#039;t think they uh, have noticed us and we&amp;#039;re prone on the hill here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A proper message with brevity would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ASL, this is A1, we have an EI squad soft contact 300 meters from us at the treeline north. Check map for &amp;quot;EI&amp;quot; mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Default Hotkeys ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, your hotkeys are set to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Default voice over network key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 1 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 2 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 3 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Previous Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Next Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + LEFT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Left Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Both Ears&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + RIGHT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Right Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Toggle headset (takes them off your ears)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;TAB + Scroll UP/DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Volume control&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Switch radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Open radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Direct Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Direct communication is any communication done between two or more players in real time. Direct communication is a skill that must be developed in order to relay information between fireteam members more efficiently and ultimately increase surviveability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Calls ===&lt;br /&gt;
A contact is anything unknown that you&amp;#039;re able to visually or audibly identify as being present. A contact is not specifically an enemy vehicle or infantry, so make sure you always identify prior in order to avoid friendly fire incidents. Examples of contact calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I got audio on something tracked to the north in the treeline. Unknown distance&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact, infantry moving in the trees to the southwest, 300 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Marking ==&lt;br /&gt;
Marking is any visual form of identification across one or more mediums. This includes marks on the global map, spray painting doors after buildings have been cleared, or even lasing targets with a laser designator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Types ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two map types: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Un-textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The map type can be toggled at the top right of the map screen. It is recommended that you use un-textured for clarity of terrain and markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TEXTURED.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Un-Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:untextured.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Marking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of map marking: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Icons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drawn Lines&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Every mark on the map must be color-coded based on who the mark is for. There are also specific techniques that platoon and squad leaders must use when developing plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Marking Color Code ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When marking the map, it is important to use the correct color to indicate which element the mark being added is addressed to. This means that all red marks are for alpha squad and so on for each element. Below is a list of the color code used for each element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha - Red&lt;br /&gt;
Bravo - Blue&lt;br /&gt;
Charlie - Green&lt;br /&gt;
Individual Specialties (MMG, MTR, MAT) - Purple&lt;br /&gt;
Command - Yellow&lt;br /&gt;
Armor - Orange&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone - Black&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to mission start, you can set your marker color at the top right of the map screen. This should be done by everyone while safe start is on. Below is a image of the drop down to select your marker color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ColorSelection.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Icons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons are used for specific points such as dismounting, convoy start points, or even mortar/air strike requests. Icon example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:icon.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Drawn Lines ====&lt;br /&gt;
Lines are used to draw movement plans, areas of operation, or even specific blocking orders. Lines can be drawn by holding down the left control key and left mouse button. Line example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EI Map Marks ====&lt;br /&gt;
EI: Enemy Infantry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every &amp;quot;EI call&amp;quot; must be marked on the map once they are pointed out. This allows for direct identification on all levels of command based on color-coded marks. As an example, if it&amp;#039;s a green &amp;quot;ei&amp;quot; mark, then charlie has obviously spotted and called out enemy infantry. Alternatively, if it was blue, bravo has spotted them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Alpha has marked spotted EI at the top of this hill:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:eimark.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we also name terrain within the area of operation. As this hill&amp;#039;s overall peak is 100 meters above sea-level, we&amp;#039;d often refer to this as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;hill 100&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and mark it as such.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Command Map Planning ===&lt;br /&gt;
Regardless of who is in command at the time of mission start, all mission commanders need to follow the same type of planning system. This ensures that all players have a streamlined and structured experience without the need to adapt to different leadership styles as a whole. Failure to do so will result in commanding rights being revoked. The following are examples of full plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Convoy ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:convoy.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also note that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; convoy planned-missions must have a Mount Order defined prior to mission start. A stand MO looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mount order.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Infantry ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:infantry.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Full Plans ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Convoy with Infantry Dismount/Assault =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fullplanlines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calls for Fire ===&lt;br /&gt;
Calls for fire will always be directed by a Joint Terminal Attack Controller(JTAC)/Forward Observer(FO) if available. If not, all leadership can request support through their chain of command. Only the highest level leader may contact the supports directly for fire if there is no JTAC/FO available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mortar Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MORTARS.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Air Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
All airstrike requests &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MUST&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; have an IP (Initial Point) and a &amp;quot;strike&amp;quot; mark as an &amp;quot;X&amp;quot;. If there is multiple air defense threats, the requester can also mark an egress point for safety, but it is not required. All related-points must have the same identifier. In this screenshot, the identifier is &amp;quot;ROMEO&amp;quot;. This means IP Romeo, AS Romeo, and EP Romeo would all be the same strike package.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:airstrike.png|center|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=503</id>
		<title>Communication and Marking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=503"/>
		<updated>2017-06-22T07:32:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Radio Communication */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Communication is top priority whether you&amp;#039;re a rifleman or a platoon leader. Remember, during a session, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;if you&amp;#039;re not shooting or moving, you should be communicating&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Through our radio system (ACRE2), we use a full-duplex system which allows multiple people with different radios to talk on the same channel at the same time. This means we have to practice certain protocols to ensure information flows up and down the chain of command properly. By default the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key allows you to transmit over the radio. Below is an image of the message that will appear in the bottom right of your screen when you are transmitting over the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TransmittingImage.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to letting you know that you are transmitting this message also display some useful information. It shows which radio you are broadcasting on (in this case the PRC-343) and which channel you are broadcasting on (in this case Block 1 - Channel 1). This is important to note so you are transmitting on the correct channel using the correct radio. Before the mission starts it is worth checking your gear to see which radios you have. If you have to change the channel you are broadcasting on, you can open and close the currently selected radio by using the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Alt + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Or by double clicking the radio in your inventory. If you need to cycle between multiple radio, use the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Shift + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. A full list of hotkeys can be found in the section below or the mission briefing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radios &amp;amp; Radio Channels === &lt;br /&gt;
All radio nets are listed at the map briefing screen. However, you can also find a list of them here. All fireteams have their own private AN/PRC-343 (&amp;quot;walkie-talkie&amp;quot;) while communication between assets, squads, and the platoon all happen on different long-range radios such as the AN/PRC-152, AN/PRC-148, and the AN/PRC-117F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range AN/PRC-343:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-343 or 343 is most basic radio we use. It is mostly used to communicate between fire team members. Almost every position uses a 343 to communicate and it is an important radio to become familiar with. The 343 has the shortest range of all the radios we use so it is important to remember it can only be used to contact nearby elements. The 343 comes equipped with a 2.5in antenna, a max output of 50mW and a range of up to 500 metres in rural terrain. The 343 operates on an Ultra High Frequency. This means they cannot transmit or receive messages from a 152 or 148. Below is an image of the 343 when you open it up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:343Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the 343, you can see there are two dials at the top as well as a detachable handle on the left side. The left dial can be used to change the volume of your radio. The right dial can be used to change the channel of your radio. The radio will go from channel 1 to channel 16. The handle on the right can also be detached to in order to change the block being transmitted on. Currently there is not need to change the block. Make sure the handle is attached or the radio will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-152&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-152, more commonly referred to as 152, is a more advanced radio, capable of transmitting across several kilometres. It uses predefined, pre-programmed channels like the 343 and 148. In our sessions, they are handled by a squad leader who uses them to communicate with his fireteam leaders. Below is an image of the 152.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:152Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 152 has two controllabe buttons that you need to worry about: the top middle one, which changes channels, and the buttons at the side which are used to adjust volume. To change a channel, simply click on the top middle button (left to go up a channel, right to go back one). To change volume, you do the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-148&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-148 is generally used by a squad leader and specialty (ex: engineering) leader to communicate with the platoon leader. Though the 148 works basically like a 152, we use it so we can avoid issuing two 152s as that may be confusing. Both the 152 and the 148 use a Very High Frequency band. This means the 148 can pick up transmissions from a 152 and vice-versa. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:148Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the default key to open up your 148 and you are left with that screen. To change channels, once again you have to press the top middle button. To change volume, simply click the button on the leftmost side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Channels === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range PRC-343 Channels:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Alpha 2  &lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Alpha 3 &lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Bravo 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Bravo 2 &lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Bravo 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Charlie 1&lt;br /&gt;
CH8 - Charlie 2&lt;br /&gt;
CH9 - Charlie 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH10 - Inter-Armor&lt;br /&gt;
CH11 - Inter-Air&lt;br /&gt;
CH12 - Inter-Platoon&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long-Range PRC-152/148/117F Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Bravo Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Charlie Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Platoon Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Air Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Armor Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Emergency Net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Brevity ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:D90958430728b867af17e012e2226a11.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is the ability to transmit your message with utmost accuracy as quickly as possible. An example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;You are Alpha 1 Fireteam Leader and you see enemies in front of your team, but they&amp;#039;re not aware of your presence.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than a message such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Squad Lead, this is Alpha 1, we uh, see about a squad size or even maybe two squads of infantry in the open over here and we need to know if we should shoot them or wait. So far, I don&amp;#039;t think they uh, have noticed us and we&amp;#039;re prone on the hill here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A proper message with brevity would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ASL, this is A1, we have an EI squad soft contact 300 meters from us at the treeline north. Check map for &amp;quot;EI&amp;quot; mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Default Hotkeys ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, your hotkeys are set to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Default voice over network key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 1 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 2 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 3 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Previous Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Next Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + LEFT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Left Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Both Ears&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + RIGHT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Right Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Toggle headset (takes them off your ears)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;TAB + Scroll UP/DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Volume control&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Switch radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Open radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Direct Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Direct communication is any communication done between two or more players in real time. Direct communication is a skill that must be developed in order to relay information between fireteam members more efficiently and ultimately increase surviveability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Calls ===&lt;br /&gt;
A contact is anything unknown that you&amp;#039;re able to visually or audibly identify as being present. A contact is not specifically an enemy vehicle or infantry, so make sure you always identify prior in order to avoid friendly fire incidents. Examples of contact calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I got audio on something tracked to the north in the treeline. Unknown distance&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact, infantry moving in the trees to the southwest, 300 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Marking ==&lt;br /&gt;
Marking is any visual form of identification across one or more mediums. This includes marks on the global map, spray painting doors after buildings have been cleared, or even lasing targets with a laser designator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Types ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two map types: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Un-textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The map type can be toggled at the top right of the map screen. It is recommended that you use un-textured for clarity of terrain and markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TEXTURED.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Un-Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:untextured.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Marking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of map marking: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Icons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drawn Lines&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Every mark on the map must be color-coded based on who the mark is for. There are also specific techniques that platoon and squad leaders must use when developing plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Marking Color Code ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When marking the map, it is important to use the correct color to indicate which element the mark being added is addressed to. This means that all red marks are for alpha squad and so on for each element. Below is a list of the color code used for each element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha - Red&lt;br /&gt;
Bravo - Blue&lt;br /&gt;
Charlie - Green&lt;br /&gt;
Individual Specialties (MMG, MTR, MAT) - Purple&lt;br /&gt;
Command - Yellow&lt;br /&gt;
Armor - Orange&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone - Black&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to mission start, you can set your marker color at the top right of the map screen. This should be done by everyone while safe start is on. Below is a image of the drop down to select your marker color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ColorSelection.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Icons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons are used for specific points such as dismounting, convoy start points, or even mortar/air strike requests. Icon example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:icon.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Drawn Lines ====&lt;br /&gt;
Lines are used to draw movement plans, areas of operation, or even specific blocking orders. Lines can be drawn by holding down the left control key and left mouse button. Line example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EI Map Marks ====&lt;br /&gt;
EI: Enemy Infantry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every &amp;quot;EI call&amp;quot; must be marked on the map once they are pointed out. This allows for direct identification on all levels of command based on color-coded marks. As an example, if it&amp;#039;s a green &amp;quot;ei&amp;quot; mark, then charlie has obviously spotted and called out enemy infantry. Alternatively, if it was blue, bravo has spotted them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Alpha has marked spotted EI at the top of this hill:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:eimark.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we also name terrain within the area of operation. As this hill&amp;#039;s overall peak is 100 meters above sea-level, we&amp;#039;d often refer to this as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;hill 100&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and mark it as such.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Command Map Planning ===&lt;br /&gt;
Regardless of who is in command at the time of mission start, all mission commanders need to follow the same type of planning system. This ensures that all players have a streamlined and structured experience without the need to adapt to different leadership styles as a whole. Failure to do so will result in commanding rights being revoked. The following are examples of full plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Convoy ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:convoy.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also note that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; convoy planned-missions must have a Mount Order defined prior to mission start. A stand MO looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mount order.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Infantry ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:infantry.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Full Plans ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Convoy with Infantry Dismount/Assault =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fullplanlines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calls for Fire ===&lt;br /&gt;
Calls for fire will always be directed by a Joint Terminal Attack Controller(JTAC)/Forward Observer(FO) if available. If not, all leadership can request support through their chain of command. Only the highest level leader may contact the supports directly for fire if there is no JTAC/FO available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mortar Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MORTARS.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Air Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
All airstrike requests &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MUST&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; have an IP (Initial Point) and a &amp;quot;strike&amp;quot; mark as an &amp;quot;X&amp;quot;. If there is multiple air defense threats, the requester can also mark an egress point for safety, but it is not required. All related-points must have the same identifier. In this screenshot, the identifier is &amp;quot;ROMEO&amp;quot;. This means IP Romeo, AS Romeo, and EP Romeo would all be the same strike package.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:airstrike.png|center|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=502</id>
		<title>Communication and Marking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=502"/>
		<updated>2017-06-22T07:31:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Radio Communication */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Communication is top priority whether you&amp;#039;re a rifleman or a platoon leader. Remember, during a session, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;if you&amp;#039;re not shooting or moving, you should be communicating&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Through our radio system (ACRE2), we use a full-duplex system which allows multiple people with different radios to talk on the same channel at the same time. This means we have to practice certain protocols to ensure information flows up and down the chain of command properly. By default the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key allows you to transmit over the radio. Below is an image of the message that will appear in the bottom right of your screen when you are transmitting over the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TransmittingImage.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to letting you know that you are transmitting this message also display some useful information. It shows which radio you are broadcasting on (in this case the PRC-343) and which channel you are broadcasting on (in this case Block 1 - Channel 1). This is important to note so you are transmitting on the correct channel using the correct radio. Before the mission starts it is worth checking your gear to see which radios you have. If you have to change the channel you are broadcasting on, you can open and close the currently selected radio by using the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Alt + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Or by double clicking the radio in your inventory. If you need to cycle between multiple radio, use the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Shift + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. A full list of hotkeys can be found in the mission briefing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radios &amp;amp; Radio Channels === &lt;br /&gt;
All radio nets are listed at the map briefing screen. However, you can also find a list of them here. All fireteams have their own private AN/PRC-343 (&amp;quot;walkie-talkie&amp;quot;) while communication between assets, squads, and the platoon all happen on different long-range radios such as the AN/PRC-152, AN/PRC-148, and the AN/PRC-117F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range AN/PRC-343:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-343 or 343 is most basic radio we use. It is mostly used to communicate between fire team members. Almost every position uses a 343 to communicate and it is an important radio to become familiar with. The 343 has the shortest range of all the radios we use so it is important to remember it can only be used to contact nearby elements. The 343 comes equipped with a 2.5in antenna, a max output of 50mW and a range of up to 500 metres in rural terrain. The 343 operates on an Ultra High Frequency. This means they cannot transmit or receive messages from a 152 or 148. Below is an image of the 343 when you open it up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:343Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the 343, you can see there are two dials at the top as well as a detachable handle on the left side. The left dial can be used to change the volume of your radio. The right dial can be used to change the channel of your radio. The radio will go from channel 1 to channel 16. The handle on the right can also be detached to in order to change the block being transmitted on. Currently there is not need to change the block. Make sure the handle is attached or the radio will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-152&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-152, more commonly referred to as 152, is a more advanced radio, capable of transmitting across several kilometres. It uses predefined, pre-programmed channels like the 343 and 148. In our sessions, they are handled by a squad leader who uses them to communicate with his fireteam leaders. Below is an image of the 152.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:152Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 152 has two controllabe buttons that you need to worry about: the top middle one, which changes channels, and the buttons at the side which are used to adjust volume. To change a channel, simply click on the top middle button (left to go up a channel, right to go back one). To change volume, you do the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-148&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-148 is generally used by a squad leader and specialty (ex: engineering) leader to communicate with the platoon leader. Though the 148 works basically like a 152, we use it so we can avoid issuing two 152s as that may be confusing. Both the 152 and the 148 use a Very High Frequency band. This means the 148 can pick up transmissions from a 152 and vice-versa. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:148Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the default key to open up your 148 and you are left with that screen. To change channels, once again you have to press the top middle button. To change volume, simply click the button on the leftmost side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Channels === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range PRC-343 Channels:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Alpha 2  &lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Alpha 3 &lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Bravo 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Bravo 2 &lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Bravo 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Charlie 1&lt;br /&gt;
CH8 - Charlie 2&lt;br /&gt;
CH9 - Charlie 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH10 - Inter-Armor&lt;br /&gt;
CH11 - Inter-Air&lt;br /&gt;
CH12 - Inter-Platoon&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long-Range PRC-152/148/117F Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Bravo Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Charlie Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Platoon Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Air Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Armor Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Emergency Net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Brevity ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:D90958430728b867af17e012e2226a11.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is the ability to transmit your message with utmost accuracy as quickly as possible. An example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;You are Alpha 1 Fireteam Leader and you see enemies in front of your team, but they&amp;#039;re not aware of your presence.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than a message such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Squad Lead, this is Alpha 1, we uh, see about a squad size or even maybe two squads of infantry in the open over here and we need to know if we should shoot them or wait. So far, I don&amp;#039;t think they uh, have noticed us and we&amp;#039;re prone on the hill here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A proper message with brevity would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ASL, this is A1, we have an EI squad soft contact 300 meters from us at the treeline north. Check map for &amp;quot;EI&amp;quot; mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Default Hotkeys ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, your hotkeys are set to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Default voice over network key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 1 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 2 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 3 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Previous Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Next Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + LEFT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Left Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Both Ears&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + RIGHT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Right Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Toggle headset (takes them off your ears)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;TAB + Scroll UP/DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Volume control&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Switch radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Open radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Direct Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Direct communication is any communication done between two or more players in real time. Direct communication is a skill that must be developed in order to relay information between fireteam members more efficiently and ultimately increase surviveability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Calls ===&lt;br /&gt;
A contact is anything unknown that you&amp;#039;re able to visually or audibly identify as being present. A contact is not specifically an enemy vehicle or infantry, so make sure you always identify prior in order to avoid friendly fire incidents. Examples of contact calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I got audio on something tracked to the north in the treeline. Unknown distance&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact, infantry moving in the trees to the southwest, 300 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Marking ==&lt;br /&gt;
Marking is any visual form of identification across one or more mediums. This includes marks on the global map, spray painting doors after buildings have been cleared, or even lasing targets with a laser designator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Types ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two map types: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Un-textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The map type can be toggled at the top right of the map screen. It is recommended that you use un-textured for clarity of terrain and markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TEXTURED.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Un-Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:untextured.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Marking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of map marking: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Icons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drawn Lines&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Every mark on the map must be color-coded based on who the mark is for. There are also specific techniques that platoon and squad leaders must use when developing plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Marking Color Code ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When marking the map, it is important to use the correct color to indicate which element the mark being added is addressed to. This means that all red marks are for alpha squad and so on for each element. Below is a list of the color code used for each element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha - Red&lt;br /&gt;
Bravo - Blue&lt;br /&gt;
Charlie - Green&lt;br /&gt;
Individual Specialties (MMG, MTR, MAT) - Purple&lt;br /&gt;
Command - Yellow&lt;br /&gt;
Armor - Orange&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone - Black&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to mission start, you can set your marker color at the top right of the map screen. This should be done by everyone while safe start is on. Below is a image of the drop down to select your marker color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ColorSelection.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Icons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons are used for specific points such as dismounting, convoy start points, or even mortar/air strike requests. Icon example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:icon.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Drawn Lines ====&lt;br /&gt;
Lines are used to draw movement plans, areas of operation, or even specific blocking orders. Lines can be drawn by holding down the left control key and left mouse button. Line example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EI Map Marks ====&lt;br /&gt;
EI: Enemy Infantry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every &amp;quot;EI call&amp;quot; must be marked on the map once they are pointed out. This allows for direct identification on all levels of command based on color-coded marks. As an example, if it&amp;#039;s a green &amp;quot;ei&amp;quot; mark, then charlie has obviously spotted and called out enemy infantry. Alternatively, if it was blue, bravo has spotted them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Alpha has marked spotted EI at the top of this hill:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:eimark.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we also name terrain within the area of operation. As this hill&amp;#039;s overall peak is 100 meters above sea-level, we&amp;#039;d often refer to this as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;hill 100&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and mark it as such.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Command Map Planning ===&lt;br /&gt;
Regardless of who is in command at the time of mission start, all mission commanders need to follow the same type of planning system. This ensures that all players have a streamlined and structured experience without the need to adapt to different leadership styles as a whole. Failure to do so will result in commanding rights being revoked. The following are examples of full plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Convoy ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:convoy.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also note that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; convoy planned-missions must have a Mount Order defined prior to mission start. A stand MO looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mount order.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Infantry ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:infantry.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Full Plans ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Convoy with Infantry Dismount/Assault =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fullplanlines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calls for Fire ===&lt;br /&gt;
Calls for fire will always be directed by a Joint Terminal Attack Controller(JTAC)/Forward Observer(FO) if available. If not, all leadership can request support through their chain of command. Only the highest level leader may contact the supports directly for fire if there is no JTAC/FO available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mortar Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MORTARS.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Air Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
All airstrike requests &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MUST&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; have an IP (Initial Point) and a &amp;quot;strike&amp;quot; mark as an &amp;quot;X&amp;quot;. If there is multiple air defense threats, the requester can also mark an egress point for safety, but it is not required. All related-points must have the same identifier. In this screenshot, the identifier is &amp;quot;ROMEO&amp;quot;. This means IP Romeo, AS Romeo, and EP Romeo would all be the same strike package.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:airstrike.png|center|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=501</id>
		<title>Communication and Marking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=501"/>
		<updated>2017-06-22T07:15:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Radio Channels/Nets */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Communication is top priority whether you&amp;#039;re a rifleman or a platoon leader. Remember, during a session, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;if you&amp;#039;re not shooting or moving, you should be communicating&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Through our radio system (ACRE2), we use a full-duplex system which allows multiple people with different radios to talk on the same channel at the same time. This means we have to practice certain protocols to ensure information flows up and down the chain of command properly. By default the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key allows you to transmit over the radio. Below is an image of the message that will appear in the bottom right of your screen when you are transmitting over the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TransmittingImage.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to letting you know that you are transmitting this message also display some useful information. It shows which radio you are broadcasting on (in this case the PRC-343) and which channel you are broadcasting on (in this case Block 1 - Channel 1). This is important to note so you are transmitting on the correct channel using the correct radio. Before the mission starts it is worth checking your gear to see which radios you have. If you have to change the channel you are broadcasting on, you can open and close the currently selected radio by using the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Alt + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Or by double clicking the radio in your inventory. If you need to cycle between multiple radio, use the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Shift + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. A full list of hotkeys can be found in the mission briefing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radios &amp;amp; Radio Channels === &lt;br /&gt;
All radio nets are listed at the map briefing screen. However, you can also find a list of them here. All fireteams have their own private AN/PRC-343 (&amp;quot;walkie-talkie&amp;quot;) while communication between assets, squads, and the platoon all happen on different long-range radios such as the AN/PRC-152, AN/PRC-148, and the AN/PRC-117F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range AN/PRC-343:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-343 or 343 is most basic radio we use. It is mostly used to communicate between fire team members. Almost every position uses a 343 to communicate and it is an important radio to become familiar with. The 343 has the shortest range of all the radios we use so it is important to remember it can only be used to contact nearby elements. The maximum transmission range is approximately 500 metres. It is also important to know how to change channels on the 343. Below is an image of the 343 when you open it up. The 343 operates on an Ultra High Frequency. This means they cannot transmit or receive messages from a 152 or 148.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:343Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the 343, you can see there are two dials at the top as well as a detachable handle on the left side. The left dial can be used to change the volume of your radio. The right dial can be used to change the channel of your radio. The radio will go from channel 1 to channel 16. The handle on the right can also be detached to in order to change the block being transmitted on. Currently there is not need to change the block. Make sure the handle is attached or the radio will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-152&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-152, more commonly referred to as 152, is a more advanced radio, capable of transmitting across several kilometres. It uses predefined, pre-programmed channels like the 343 and 148. In our sessions, they are handled by a squad leader who uses them to communicate with his fireteam leaders. Below is an image of the 152.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:152Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 152 has two controllabe buttons that you need to worry about: the top middle one, which changes channels, and the buttons at the side which are used to adjust volume. To change a channel, simply click on the top middle button (left to go up a channel, right to go back one). To change volume, you do the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-148&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-148 is generally used by a squad leader and specialty (ex: engineering) leader to communicate with the platoon leader. Though the 148 works basically like a 152, we use it so we can avoid issuing two 152s as that may be confusing. Both the 152 and the 148 use a Very High Frequency band. This means the 148 can pick up transmissions from a 152 and vice-versa. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:148Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the default key to open up your 148 and you are left with that screen. To change channels, once again you have to press the top middle button. To change volume, simply click the button on the leftmost side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Channels === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range PRC-343 Channels:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Alpha 2  &lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Alpha 3 &lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Bravo 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Bravo 2 &lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Bravo 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Charlie 1&lt;br /&gt;
CH8 - Charlie 2&lt;br /&gt;
CH9 - Charlie 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH10 - Inter-Armor&lt;br /&gt;
CH11 - Inter-Air&lt;br /&gt;
CH12 - Inter-Platoon&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long-Range PRC-152/148/117F Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Bravo Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Charlie Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Platoon Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Air Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Armor Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Emergency Net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Brevity ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:D90958430728b867af17e012e2226a11.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is the ability to transmit your message with utmost accuracy as quickly as possible. An example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;You are Alpha 1 Fireteam Leader and you see enemies in front of your team, but they&amp;#039;re not aware of your presence.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than a message such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Squad Lead, this is Alpha 1, we uh, see about a squad size or even maybe two squads of infantry in the open over here and we need to know if we should shoot them or wait. So far, I don&amp;#039;t think they uh, have noticed us and we&amp;#039;re prone on the hill here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A proper message with brevity would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ASL, this is A1, we have an EI squad soft contact 300 meters from us at the treeline north. Check map for &amp;quot;EI&amp;quot; mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Default Hotkeys ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, your hotkeys are set to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Default voice over network key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 1 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 2 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 3 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Previous Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Next Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + LEFT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Left Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Both Ears&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + RIGHT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Right Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Toggle headset (takes them off your ears)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;TAB + Scroll UP/DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Volume control&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Switch radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Open radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Direct Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Direct communication is any communication done between two or more players in real time. Direct communication is a skill that must be developed in order to relay information between fireteam members more efficiently and ultimately increase surviveability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Calls ===&lt;br /&gt;
A contact is anything unknown that you&amp;#039;re able to visually or audibly identify as being present. A contact is not specifically an enemy vehicle or infantry, so make sure you always identify prior in order to avoid friendly fire incidents. Examples of contact calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I got audio on something tracked to the north in the treeline. Unknown distance&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact, infantry moving in the trees to the southwest, 300 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Marking ==&lt;br /&gt;
Marking is any visual form of identification across one or more mediums. This includes marks on the global map, spray painting doors after buildings have been cleared, or even lasing targets with a laser designator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Types ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two map types: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Un-textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The map type can be toggled at the top right of the map screen. It is recommended that you use un-textured for clarity of terrain and markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TEXTURED.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Un-Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:untextured.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Marking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of map marking: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Icons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drawn Lines&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Every mark on the map must be color-coded based on who the mark is for. There are also specific techniques that platoon and squad leaders must use when developing plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Marking Color Code ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When marking the map, it is important to use the correct color to indicate which element the mark being added is addressed to. This means that all red marks are for alpha squad and so on for each element. Below is a list of the color code used for each element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha - Red&lt;br /&gt;
Bravo - Blue&lt;br /&gt;
Charlie - Green&lt;br /&gt;
Individual Specialties (MMG, MTR, MAT) - Purple&lt;br /&gt;
Command - Yellow&lt;br /&gt;
Armor - Orange&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone - Black&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to mission start, you can set your marker color at the top right of the map screen. This should be done by everyone while safe start is on. Below is a image of the drop down to select your marker color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ColorSelection.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Icons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons are used for specific points such as dismounting, convoy start points, or even mortar/air strike requests. Icon example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:icon.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Drawn Lines ====&lt;br /&gt;
Lines are used to draw movement plans, areas of operation, or even specific blocking orders. Lines can be drawn by holding down the left control key and left mouse button. Line example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EI Map Marks ====&lt;br /&gt;
EI: Enemy Infantry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every &amp;quot;EI call&amp;quot; must be marked on the map once they are pointed out. This allows for direct identification on all levels of command based on color-coded marks. As an example, if it&amp;#039;s a green &amp;quot;ei&amp;quot; mark, then charlie has obviously spotted and called out enemy infantry. Alternatively, if it was blue, bravo has spotted them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Alpha has marked spotted EI at the top of this hill:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:eimark.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we also name terrain within the area of operation. As this hill&amp;#039;s overall peak is 100 meters above sea-level, we&amp;#039;d often refer to this as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;hill 100&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and mark it as such.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Command Map Planning ===&lt;br /&gt;
Regardless of who is in command at the time of mission start, all mission commanders need to follow the same type of planning system. This ensures that all players have a streamlined and structured experience without the need to adapt to different leadership styles as a whole. Failure to do so will result in commanding rights being revoked. The following are examples of full plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Convoy ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:convoy.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also note that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; convoy planned-missions must have a Mount Order defined prior to mission start. A stand MO looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mount order.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Infantry ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:infantry.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Full Plans ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Convoy with Infantry Dismount/Assault =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fullplanlines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calls for Fire ===&lt;br /&gt;
Calls for fire will always be directed by a Joint Terminal Attack Controller(JTAC)/Forward Observer(FO) if available. If not, all leadership can request support through their chain of command. Only the highest level leader may contact the supports directly for fire if there is no JTAC/FO available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mortar Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MORTARS.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Air Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
All airstrike requests &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MUST&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; have an IP (Initial Point) and a &amp;quot;strike&amp;quot; mark as an &amp;quot;X&amp;quot;. If there is multiple air defense threats, the requester can also mark an egress point for safety, but it is not required. All related-points must have the same identifier. In this screenshot, the identifier is &amp;quot;ROMEO&amp;quot;. This means IP Romeo, AS Romeo, and EP Romeo would all be the same strike package.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:airstrike.png|center|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=499</id>
		<title>Communication and Marking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=499"/>
		<updated>2017-06-20T21:26:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Radio Communication */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Communication is top priority whether you&amp;#039;re a rifleman or a platoon leader. Remember, during a session, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;if you&amp;#039;re not shooting or moving, you should be communicating&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Through our radio system (ACRE2), we use a full-duplex system which allows multiple people with different radios to talk on the same channel at the same time. This means we have to practice certain protocols to ensure information flows up and down the chain of command properly. By default the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key allows you to transmit over the radio. Below is an image of the message that will appear in the bottom right of your screen when you are transmitting over the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TransmittingImage.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to letting you know that you are transmitting this message also display some useful information. It shows which radio you are broadcasting on (in this case the PRC-343) and which channel you are broadcasting on (in this case Block 1 - Channel 1). This is important to note so you are transmitting on the correct channel using the correct radio. Before the mission starts it is worth checking your gear to see which radios you have. If you have to change the channel you are broadcasting on, you can open and close the currently selected radio by using the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Alt + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. If you need to cycle between multiple radio, use the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Shift + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. A full list of hotkeys can be found in the mission briefing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Channels/Nets ===&lt;br /&gt;
All radio nets are listed at the map briefing screen. However, you can also find a list of them here. All fireteams have their own private AN/PRC-343 (&amp;quot;walkie-talkie&amp;quot;) while communication between assets, squads, and the platoon all happen on different long-range radios such as the AN/PRC-152, AN/PRC-148, and the AN/PRC-117F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range AN/PRC-343:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-343 or 343 is most basic radio we use. It is mostly used to communicate between fire team members. Almost every position uses a 343 to communicate and it is an important radio to become familiar with. The 343 has the shortest range of all the radios we use so it is important to remember it can only be used to contact nearby elements. The maximum transmission range is approximately 500 metres. It is also important to know how to change channels on the 343. Below is an image of the 343 when you open it up. The 343 operates on an Ultra High Frequency. This means they cannot transmit or receive messages from a 152 or 148.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:343Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the 343, you can see there are two dials at the top as well as a detachable handle on the left side. The left dial can be used to change the volume of your radio. The right dial can be used to change the channel of your radio. The radio will go from channel 1 to channel 16. The handle on the right can also be detached to in order to change the block being transmitted on. Currently there is not need to change the block. Make sure the handle is attached or the radio will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-152&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-152, more commonly referred to as 152, is a more advanced radio, capable of transmitting across several kilometres. It uses predefined, pre-programmed channels like the 343 and 148. In our sessions, they are handled by a squad leader who uses them to communicate with his fireteam leaders. Below is an image of the 152.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:152Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 152 has two controllabe buttons that you need to worry about: the top middle one, which changes channels, and the buttons at the side which are used to adjust volume. To change a channel, simply click on the top middle button (left to go up a channel, right to go back one). To change volume, you do the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-148&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-148 is generally used by a squad leader and specialty (ex: engineering) leader to communicate with the platoon leader. Though the 148 works basically like a 152, we use it so we can avoid issuing two 152s as that may be confusing. Both the 152 and the 148 use a Very High Frequency band. This means the 148 can pick up transmissions from a 152 and vice-versa. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:148Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the default key to open up your 148 and you are left with that screen. To change channels, once again you have to press the top middle button. To change volume, simply click the button on the leftmost side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Channels === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range PRC-343 Channels:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Alpha 2  &lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Alpha 3 &lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Bravo 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Bravo 2 &lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Bravo 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Charlie 1&lt;br /&gt;
CH8 - Charlie 2&lt;br /&gt;
CH9 - Charlie 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH10 - Inter-Armor&lt;br /&gt;
CH11 - Inter-Air&lt;br /&gt;
CH12 - Inter-Platoon&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long-Range PRC-152/148/117F Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Bravo Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Charlie Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Platoon Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Air Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Armor Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Emergency Net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Brevity ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:D90958430728b867af17e012e2226a11.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is the ability to transmit your message with utmost accuracy as quickly as possible. An example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;You are Alpha 1 Fireteam Leader and you see enemies in front of your team, but they&amp;#039;re not aware of your presence.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than a message such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Squad Lead, this is Alpha 1, we uh, see about a squad size or even maybe two squads of infantry in the open over here and we need to know if we should shoot them or wait. So far, I don&amp;#039;t think they uh, have noticed us and we&amp;#039;re prone on the hill here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A proper message with brevity would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ASL, this is A1, we have an EI squad soft contact 300 meters from us at the treeline north. Check map for &amp;quot;EI&amp;quot; mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Default Hotkeys ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, your hotkeys are set to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Default voice over network key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 1 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 2 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 3 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Previous Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Next Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + LEFT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Left Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Both Ears&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + RIGHT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Right Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Toggle headset (takes them off your ears)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;TAB + Scroll UP/DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Volume control&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Switch radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Open radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Direct Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Direct communication is any communication done between two or more players in real time. Direct communication is a skill that must be developed in order to relay information between fireteam members more efficiently and ultimately increase surviveability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Calls ===&lt;br /&gt;
A contact is anything unknown that you&amp;#039;re able to visually or audibly identify as being present. A contact is not specifically an enemy vehicle or infantry, so make sure you always identify prior in order to avoid friendly fire incidents. Examples of contact calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I got audio on something tracked to the north in the treeline. Unknown distance&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact, infantry moving in the trees to the southwest, 300 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Marking ==&lt;br /&gt;
Marking is any visual form of identification across one or more mediums. This includes marks on the global map, spray painting doors after buildings have been cleared, or even lasing targets with a laser designator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Types ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two map types: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Un-textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The map type can be toggled at the top right of the map screen. It is recommended that you use un-textured for clarity of terrain and markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TEXTURED.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Un-Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:untextured.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Marking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of map marking: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Icons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drawn Lines&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Every mark on the map must be color-coded based on who the mark is for. There are also specific techniques that platoon and squad leaders must use when developing plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Marking Color Code ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When marking the map, it is important to use the correct color to indicate which element the mark being added is addressed to. This means that all red marks are for alpha squad and so on for each element. Below is a list of the color code used for each element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha - Red&lt;br /&gt;
Bravo - Blue&lt;br /&gt;
Charlie - Green&lt;br /&gt;
Individual Specialties (MMG, MTR, MAT) - Purple&lt;br /&gt;
Command - Yellow&lt;br /&gt;
Armor - Orange&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone - Black&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to mission start, you can set your marker color at the top right of the map screen. This should be done by everyone while safe start is on. Below is a image of the drop down to select your marker color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ColorSelection.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Icons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons are used for specific points such as dismounting, convoy start points, or even mortar/air strike requests. Icon example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:icon.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Drawn Lines ====&lt;br /&gt;
Lines are used to draw movement plans, areas of operation, or even specific blocking orders. Lines can be drawn by holding down the left control key and left mouse button. Line example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EI Map Marks ====&lt;br /&gt;
EI: Enemy Infantry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every &amp;quot;EI call&amp;quot; must be marked on the map once they are pointed out. This allows for direct identification on all levels of command based on color-coded marks. As an example, if it&amp;#039;s a green &amp;quot;ei&amp;quot; mark, then charlie has obviously spotted and called out enemy infantry. Alternatively, if it was blue, bravo has spotted them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Alpha has marked spotted EI at the top of this hill:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:eimark.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we also name terrain within the area of operation. As this hill&amp;#039;s overall peak is 100 meters above sea-level, we&amp;#039;d often refer to this as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;hill 100&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and mark it as such.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Command Map Planning ===&lt;br /&gt;
Regardless of who is in command at the time of mission start, all mission commanders need to follow the same type of planning system. This ensures that all players have a streamlined and structured experience without the need to adapt to different leadership styles as a whole. Failure to do so will result in commanding rights being revoked. The following are examples of full plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Convoy ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:convoy.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also note that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; convoy planned-missions must have a Mount Order defined prior to mission start. A stand MO looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mount order.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Infantry ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:infantry.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Full Plans ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Convoy with Infantry Dismount/Assault =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fullplanlines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calls for Fire ===&lt;br /&gt;
Calls for fire will always be directed by a Joint Terminal Attack Controller(JTAC)/Forward Observer(FO) if available. If not, all leadership can request support through their chain of command. Only the highest level leader may contact the supports directly for fire if there is no JTAC/FO available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mortar Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MORTARS.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Air Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
All airstrike requests &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MUST&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; have an IP (Initial Point) and a &amp;quot;strike&amp;quot; mark as an &amp;quot;X&amp;quot;. If there is multiple air defense threats, the requester can also mark an egress point for safety, but it is not required. All related-points must have the same identifier. In this screenshot, the identifier is &amp;quot;ROMEO&amp;quot;. This means IP Romeo, AS Romeo, and EP Romeo would all be the same strike package.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:airstrike.png|center|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=498</id>
		<title>Communication and Marking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=498"/>
		<updated>2017-06-20T21:19:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Radio Communication */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Communication is top priority whether you&amp;#039;re a rifleman or a platoon leader. Remember, during a session, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;if you&amp;#039;re not shooting or moving, you should be communicating&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Through our radio system (ACRE2), we use a full-duplex system which allows multiple people with different radios to talk on the same channel at the same time. This means we have to practice certain protocols to ensure information flows up and down the chain of command properly. By default the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key allows you to transmit over the radio. Below is an image of the message that will appear in the bottom right of your screen when you are transmitting over the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TransmittingImage.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to letting you know that you are transmitting this message also display some useful information. It shows which radio you are broadcasting on (in this case the PRC-343) and which channel you are broadcasting on (in this case Block 1 - Channel 1). This is important to note so you are transmitting on the correct channel using the correct radio. Before the mission starts it is worth checking your gear to see which radios you have. If you have to change the channel you are broadcasting on, you can open and close the currently selected radio by using the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Alt + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. If you need to cycle between multiple radio, use the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Shift + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. A full list of hotkeys can be found in the mission briefing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Channels/Nets ===&lt;br /&gt;
All radio nets are listed at the map briefing screen. However, you can also find a list of them here. All fireteams have their own private AN/PRC-343 (&amp;quot;walkie-talkie&amp;quot;) while communication between assets, squads, and the platoon all happen on different long-range radios such as the AN/PRC-152, AN/PRC-148, and the AN/PRC-117F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range AN/PRC-343:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-343 or 343 is most basic radio we use. It is mostly used to communicate between fire team members. Almost every position uses a 343 to communicate and it is an important radio to become familiar with. The 343 has the shortest range of all the radios we use so it is important to remember it can only be used to contact nearby elements. The maximum transmission range is approximately 500 metres. It is also important to know how to change channels on the 343. Below is an image of the 343 when you open it up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:343Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the 343, you can see there are two dials at the top as well as a detachable handle on the left side. The left dial can be used to change the volume of your radio. The right dial can be used to change the channel of your radio. The radio will go from channel 1 to channel 16. The handle on the right can also be detached to in order to change the block being transmitted on. Currently there is not need to change the block. Make sure the handle is attached or the radio will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-152&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-152, more commonly referred to as 152, is a more advanced radio, capable of transmitting across several kilometres. It uses predefined, pre-programmed channels like the 343 and 148. In our sessions, they are handled by a squad leader who uses them to communicate with his fireteam leaders. Below is an image of the 152.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:152Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 152 has two controllabe buttons that you need to worry about: the top middle one, which changes channels, and the buttons at the side which are used to adjust volume. To change a channel, simply click on the top middle button (left to go up a channel, right to go back one). To change volume, you do the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-148&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-148 is generally used by a squad leader and specialty (ex: engineering) leader to communicate with the platoon leader. Though the 148 works basically like a 152, we use it so we can avoid issuing two 152s as that may be confusing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:148Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the default key to open up your 148 and you are left with that screen. To change channels, once again you have to press the top middle button. To change volume, simply click the button on the leftmost side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Channels === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range PRC-343 Channels:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Alpha 2  &lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Alpha 3 &lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Bravo 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Bravo 2 &lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Bravo 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Charlie 1&lt;br /&gt;
CH8 - Charlie 2&lt;br /&gt;
CH9 - Charlie 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH10 - Inter-Armor&lt;br /&gt;
CH11 - Inter-Air&lt;br /&gt;
CH12 - Inter-Platoon&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long-Range PRC-152/148/117F Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Bravo Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Charlie Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Platoon Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Air Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Armor Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Emergency Net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Brevity ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:D90958430728b867af17e012e2226a11.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is the ability to transmit your message with utmost accuracy as quickly as possible. An example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;You are Alpha 1 Fireteam Leader and you see enemies in front of your team, but they&amp;#039;re not aware of your presence.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than a message such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Squad Lead, this is Alpha 1, we uh, see about a squad size or even maybe two squads of infantry in the open over here and we need to know if we should shoot them or wait. So far, I don&amp;#039;t think they uh, have noticed us and we&amp;#039;re prone on the hill here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A proper message with brevity would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ASL, this is A1, we have an EI squad soft contact 300 meters from us at the treeline north. Check map for &amp;quot;EI&amp;quot; mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Default Hotkeys ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, your hotkeys are set to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Default voice over network key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 1 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 2 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 3 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Previous Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Next Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + LEFT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Left Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Both Ears&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + RIGHT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Right Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Toggle headset (takes them off your ears)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;TAB + Scroll UP/DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Volume control&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Switch radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Open radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Direct Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Direct communication is any communication done between two or more players in real time. Direct communication is a skill that must be developed in order to relay information between fireteam members more efficiently and ultimately increase surviveability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Calls ===&lt;br /&gt;
A contact is anything unknown that you&amp;#039;re able to visually or audibly identify as being present. A contact is not specifically an enemy vehicle or infantry, so make sure you always identify prior in order to avoid friendly fire incidents. Examples of contact calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I got audio on something tracked to the north in the treeline. Unknown distance&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact, infantry moving in the trees to the southwest, 300 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Marking ==&lt;br /&gt;
Marking is any visual form of identification across one or more mediums. This includes marks on the global map, spray painting doors after buildings have been cleared, or even lasing targets with a laser designator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Types ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two map types: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Un-textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The map type can be toggled at the top right of the map screen. It is recommended that you use un-textured for clarity of terrain and markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TEXTURED.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Un-Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:untextured.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Marking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of map marking: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Icons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drawn Lines&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Every mark on the map must be color-coded based on who the mark is for. There are also specific techniques that platoon and squad leaders must use when developing plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Marking Color Code ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When marking the map, it is important to use the correct color to indicate which element the mark being added is addressed to. This means that all red marks are for alpha squad and so on for each element. Below is a list of the color code used for each element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha - Red&lt;br /&gt;
Bravo - Blue&lt;br /&gt;
Charlie - Green&lt;br /&gt;
Individual Specialties (MMG, MTR, MAT) - Purple&lt;br /&gt;
Command - Yellow&lt;br /&gt;
Armor - Orange&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone - Black&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to mission start, you can set your marker color at the top right of the map screen. This should be done by everyone while safe start is on. Below is a image of the drop down to select your marker color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ColorSelection.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Icons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons are used for specific points such as dismounting, convoy start points, or even mortar/air strike requests. Icon example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:icon.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Drawn Lines ====&lt;br /&gt;
Lines are used to draw movement plans, areas of operation, or even specific blocking orders. Lines can be drawn by holding down the left control key and left mouse button. Line example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EI Map Marks ====&lt;br /&gt;
EI: Enemy Infantry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every &amp;quot;EI call&amp;quot; must be marked on the map once they are pointed out. This allows for direct identification on all levels of command based on color-coded marks. As an example, if it&amp;#039;s a green &amp;quot;ei&amp;quot; mark, then charlie has obviously spotted and called out enemy infantry. Alternatively, if it was blue, bravo has spotted them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Alpha has marked spotted EI at the top of this hill:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:eimark.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we also name terrain within the area of operation. As this hill&amp;#039;s overall peak is 100 meters above sea-level, we&amp;#039;d often refer to this as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;hill 100&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and mark it as such.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Command Map Planning ===&lt;br /&gt;
Regardless of who is in command at the time of mission start, all mission commanders need to follow the same type of planning system. This ensures that all players have a streamlined and structured experience without the need to adapt to different leadership styles as a whole. Failure to do so will result in commanding rights being revoked. The following are examples of full plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Convoy ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:convoy.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also note that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; convoy planned-missions must have a Mount Order defined prior to mission start. A stand MO looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mount order.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Infantry ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:infantry.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Full Plans ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Convoy with Infantry Dismount/Assault =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fullplanlines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calls for Fire ===&lt;br /&gt;
Calls for fire will always be directed by a Joint Terminal Attack Controller(JTAC)/Forward Observer(FO) if available. If not, all leadership can request support through their chain of command. Only the highest level leader may contact the supports directly for fire if there is no JTAC/FO available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mortar Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MORTARS.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Air Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
All airstrike requests &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MUST&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; have an IP (Initial Point) and a &amp;quot;strike&amp;quot; mark as an &amp;quot;X&amp;quot;. If there is multiple air defense threats, the requester can also mark an egress point for safety, but it is not required. All related-points must have the same identifier. In this screenshot, the identifier is &amp;quot;ROMEO&amp;quot;. This means IP Romeo, AS Romeo, and EP Romeo would all be the same strike package.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:airstrike.png|center|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=497</id>
		<title>Communication and Marking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=497"/>
		<updated>2017-06-20T21:18:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Radio Communication */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Communication is top priority whether you&amp;#039;re a rifleman or a platoon leader. Remember, during a session, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;if you&amp;#039;re not shooting or moving, you should be communicating&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Through our radio system (ACRE2), we use a full-duplex system which allows multiple people with different radios to talk on the same channel at the same time. This means we have to practice certain protocols to ensure information flows up and down the chain of command properly. By default the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key allows you to transmit over the radio. Below is an image of the message that will appear in the bottom right of your screen when you are transmitting over the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TransmittingImage.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to letting you know that you are transmitting this message also display some useful information. It shows which radio you are broadcasting on (in this case the PRC-343) and which channel you are broadcasting on (in this case Block 1 - Channel 1). This is important to note so you are transmitting on the correct channel using the correct radio. Before the mission starts it is worth checking your gear to see which radios you have. If you have to change the channel you are broadcasting on, you can open and close the currently selected radio by using the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Alt + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. If you need to cycle between multiple radio, use the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Shift + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. A full list of hotkeys can be found in the mission briefing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Channels/Nets ===&lt;br /&gt;
All radio nets are listed at the map briefing screen. However, you can also find a list of them here. All fireteams have their own private AN/PRC-343 (&amp;quot;walkie-talkie&amp;quot;) while communication between assets, squads, and the platoon all happen on different long-range radios such as the AN/PRC-152, AN/PRC-148, and the AN/PRC-117F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range AN/PRC-343:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-343 or 343 is most basic radio we use. It is mostly used to communicate between fire team members. Almost every position uses a 343 to communicate and it is an important radio to become familiar with. The 343 has the shortest range of all the radios we use so it is important to remember it can only be used to contact nearby elements. The maximum transmission range is approximately 500 metres. It is also important to know how to change channels on the 343. Below is an image of the 343 when you open it up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:343Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the 343, you can see there are two dials at the top as well as a detachable handle on the left side. The left dial can be used to change the volume of your radio. The right dial can be used to change the channel of your radio. The radio will go from channel 1 to channel 16. The handle on the right can also be detached to in order to change the block being transmitted on. Currently there is not need to change the block. Make sure the handle is attached or the radio will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-152&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-152, more commonly referred to as 152, is a more advanced radio, capable of transmitting across several kilometres. It uses predefined, pre-programmed channels like the 343 and 148. In our sessions, they are handled by a squad leader who uses them to communicate with his fireteam leaders. Below is an image of the 152.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:152Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 152 has two controllabe buttons that you need to worry about: the top middle one, which changes channels, and the buttons at the side which are used to adjust volume. To change a channel, simply click on the top middle button (left to go up a channel, right to go back one). To change volume, you do the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AN/PRC-148&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-148 is used, for the most part, for inter-platoon communications. It is generally used by a squad leader and specialty (ex: engineering) leader to communicate with the platoon leader. Though the 148 works basically like a 152, we use it so we can avoid issuing two 152s as that may be confusing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:148Radio.png|400px|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the default key to open up your 148 and you are left with that screen. To change channels, once again you have to press the top middle button. To change volume, simply click the button on the leftmost side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Channels === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range PRC-343 Channels:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Alpha 2  &lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Alpha 3 &lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Bravo 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Bravo 2 &lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Bravo 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Charlie 1&lt;br /&gt;
CH8 - Charlie 2&lt;br /&gt;
CH9 - Charlie 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH10 - Inter-Armor&lt;br /&gt;
CH11 - Inter-Air&lt;br /&gt;
CH12 - Inter-Platoon&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long-Range PRC-152/148/117F Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Bravo Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Charlie Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Platoon Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Air Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Armor Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Emergency Net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Brevity ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:D90958430728b867af17e012e2226a11.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is the ability to transmit your message with utmost accuracy as quickly as possible. An example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;You are Alpha 1 Fireteam Leader and you see enemies in front of your team, but they&amp;#039;re not aware of your presence.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than a message such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Squad Lead, this is Alpha 1, we uh, see about a squad size or even maybe two squads of infantry in the open over here and we need to know if we should shoot them or wait. So far, I don&amp;#039;t think they uh, have noticed us and we&amp;#039;re prone on the hill here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A proper message with brevity would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ASL, this is A1, we have an EI squad soft contact 300 meters from us at the treeline north. Check map for &amp;quot;EI&amp;quot; mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Default Hotkeys ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, your hotkeys are set to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Default voice over network key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 1 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 2 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 3 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Previous Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Next Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + LEFT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Left Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Both Ears&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + RIGHT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Right Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Toggle headset (takes them off your ears)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;TAB + Scroll UP/DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Volume control&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Switch radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Open radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Direct Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Direct communication is any communication done between two or more players in real time. Direct communication is a skill that must be developed in order to relay information between fireteam members more efficiently and ultimately increase surviveability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Calls ===&lt;br /&gt;
A contact is anything unknown that you&amp;#039;re able to visually or audibly identify as being present. A contact is not specifically an enemy vehicle or infantry, so make sure you always identify prior in order to avoid friendly fire incidents. Examples of contact calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I got audio on something tracked to the north in the treeline. Unknown distance&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact, infantry moving in the trees to the southwest, 300 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Marking ==&lt;br /&gt;
Marking is any visual form of identification across one or more mediums. This includes marks on the global map, spray painting doors after buildings have been cleared, or even lasing targets with a laser designator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Types ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two map types: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Un-textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The map type can be toggled at the top right of the map screen. It is recommended that you use un-textured for clarity of terrain and markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TEXTURED.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Un-Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:untextured.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Marking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of map marking: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Icons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drawn Lines&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Every mark on the map must be color-coded based on who the mark is for. There are also specific techniques that platoon and squad leaders must use when developing plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Marking Color Code ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When marking the map, it is important to use the correct color to indicate which element the mark being added is addressed to. This means that all red marks are for alpha squad and so on for each element. Below is a list of the color code used for each element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha - Red&lt;br /&gt;
Bravo - Blue&lt;br /&gt;
Charlie - Green&lt;br /&gt;
Individual Specialties (MMG, MTR, MAT) - Purple&lt;br /&gt;
Command - Yellow&lt;br /&gt;
Armor - Orange&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone - Black&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to mission start, you can set your marker color at the top right of the map screen. This should be done by everyone while safe start is on. Below is a image of the drop down to select your marker color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ColorSelection.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Icons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons are used for specific points such as dismounting, convoy start points, or even mortar/air strike requests. Icon example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:icon.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Drawn Lines ====&lt;br /&gt;
Lines are used to draw movement plans, areas of operation, or even specific blocking orders. Lines can be drawn by holding down the left control key and left mouse button. Line example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EI Map Marks ====&lt;br /&gt;
EI: Enemy Infantry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every &amp;quot;EI call&amp;quot; must be marked on the map once they are pointed out. This allows for direct identification on all levels of command based on color-coded marks. As an example, if it&amp;#039;s a green &amp;quot;ei&amp;quot; mark, then charlie has obviously spotted and called out enemy infantry. Alternatively, if it was blue, bravo has spotted them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Alpha has marked spotted EI at the top of this hill:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:eimark.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we also name terrain within the area of operation. As this hill&amp;#039;s overall peak is 100 meters above sea-level, we&amp;#039;d often refer to this as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;hill 100&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and mark it as such.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Command Map Planning ===&lt;br /&gt;
Regardless of who is in command at the time of mission start, all mission commanders need to follow the same type of planning system. This ensures that all players have a streamlined and structured experience without the need to adapt to different leadership styles as a whole. Failure to do so will result in commanding rights being revoked. The following are examples of full plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Convoy ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:convoy.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also note that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; convoy planned-missions must have a Mount Order defined prior to mission start. A stand MO looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mount order.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Infantry ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:infantry.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Full Plans ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Convoy with Infantry Dismount/Assault =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fullplanlines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calls for Fire ===&lt;br /&gt;
Calls for fire will always be directed by a Joint Terminal Attack Controller(JTAC)/Forward Observer(FO) if available. If not, all leadership can request support through their chain of command. Only the highest level leader may contact the supports directly for fire if there is no JTAC/FO available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mortar Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MORTARS.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Air Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
All airstrike requests &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MUST&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; have an IP (Initial Point) and a &amp;quot;strike&amp;quot; mark as an &amp;quot;X&amp;quot;. If there is multiple air defense threats, the requester can also mark an egress point for safety, but it is not required. All related-points must have the same identifier. In this screenshot, the identifier is &amp;quot;ROMEO&amp;quot;. This means IP Romeo, AS Romeo, and EP Romeo would all be the same strike package.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:airstrike.png|center|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=File:148Radio.png&amp;diff=496</id>
		<title>File:148Radio.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=File:148Radio.png&amp;diff=496"/>
		<updated>2017-06-20T21:10:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=File:152Radio.png&amp;diff=495</id>
		<title>File:152Radio.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=File:152Radio.png&amp;diff=495"/>
		<updated>2017-06-20T21:05:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=494</id>
		<title>Communication and Marking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=494"/>
		<updated>2017-06-20T21:01:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Radio Communication */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Communication is top priority whether you&amp;#039;re a rifleman or a platoon leader. Remember, during a session, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;if you&amp;#039;re not shooting or moving, you should be communicating&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Through our radio system (ACRE2), we use a full-duplex system which allows multiple people with different radios to talk on the same channel at the same time. This means we have to practice certain protocols to ensure information flows up and down the chain of command properly. By default the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key allows you to transmit over the radio. Below is an image of the message that will appear in the bottom right of your screen when you are transmitting over the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TransmittingImage.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to letting you know that you are transmitting this message also display some useful information. It shows which radio you are broadcasting on (in this case the PRC-343) and which channel you are broadcasting on (in this case Block 1 - Channel 1). This is important to note so you are transmitting on the correct channel using the correct radio. Before the mission starts it is worth checking your gear to see which radios you have. If you have to change the channel you are broadcasting on, you can open and close the currently selected radio by using the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Alt + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. If you need to cycle between multiple radio, use the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Shift + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. A full list of hotkeys can be found in the mission briefing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Channels/Nets ===&lt;br /&gt;
All radio nets are listed at the map briefing screen. However, you can also find a list of them here. All fireteams have their own private AN/PRC-343 (&amp;quot;walkie-talkie&amp;quot;) while communication between assets, squads, and the platoon all happen on different long-range radios such as the AN/PRC-152, AN/PRC-148, and the AN/PRC-117F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Short-Range AN/PRC-343:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AN/PRC-343 or 343 is most basic radio we use. It is mostly used to communicate between fire team members. Almost every position uses a 343 to communicate and it is an important radio to become familiar with. The 343 has the shortest range of all the radios we use so it is important to remember it can only be used to contact nearby elements. The maximum transmission range is approximately 500 metres. It is also important to know how to change channels on the 343. Below is an image of the 343 when you open it up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:343Radio.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the 343, you can see there are two dials at the top as well as a detachable handle on the left side. The left dial can be used to change the volume of your radio. The right dial can be used to change the channel of your radio. The radio will go from channel 1 to channel 16. The handle on the right can also be detached to in order to change the block being transmitted on. Currently there is not need to change the block. Make sure the handle is attached or the radio will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short-Range PRC-343 Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Alpha 2  &lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Alpha 3 &lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Bravo 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Bravo 2 &lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Bravo 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Charlie 1&lt;br /&gt;
CH8 - Charlie 2&lt;br /&gt;
CH9 - Charlie 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH10 - Inter-Armor&lt;br /&gt;
CH11 - Inter-Air&lt;br /&gt;
CH12 - Inter-Platoon&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long-Range PRC-152/148/117F Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Bravo Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Charlie Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Platoon Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Air Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Armor Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Emergency Net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Brevity ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:D90958430728b867af17e012e2226a11.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is the ability to transmit your message with utmost accuracy as quickly as possible. An example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;You are Alpha 1 Fireteam Leader and you see enemies in front of your team, but they&amp;#039;re not aware of your presence.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than a message such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Squad Lead, this is Alpha 1, we uh, see about a squad size or even maybe two squads of infantry in the open over here and we need to know if we should shoot them or wait. So far, I don&amp;#039;t think they uh, have noticed us and we&amp;#039;re prone on the hill here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A proper message with brevity would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ASL, this is A1, we have an EI squad soft contact 300 meters from us at the treeline north. Check map for &amp;quot;EI&amp;quot; mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Default Hotkeys ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, your hotkeys are set to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Default voice over network key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 1 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 2 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 3 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Previous Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Next Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + LEFT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Left Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Both Ears&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + RIGHT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Right Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Toggle headset (takes them off your ears)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;TAB + Scroll UP/DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Volume control&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Switch radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Open radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Direct Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Direct communication is any communication done between two or more players in real time. Direct communication is a skill that must be developed in order to relay information between fireteam members more efficiently and ultimately increase surviveability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Calls ===&lt;br /&gt;
A contact is anything unknown that you&amp;#039;re able to visually or audibly identify as being present. A contact is not specifically an enemy vehicle or infantry, so make sure you always identify prior in order to avoid friendly fire incidents. Examples of contact calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I got audio on something tracked to the north in the treeline. Unknown distance&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact, infantry moving in the trees to the southwest, 300 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Marking ==&lt;br /&gt;
Marking is any visual form of identification across one or more mediums. This includes marks on the global map, spray painting doors after buildings have been cleared, or even lasing targets with a laser designator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Types ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two map types: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Un-textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The map type can be toggled at the top right of the map screen. It is recommended that you use un-textured for clarity of terrain and markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TEXTURED.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Un-Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:untextured.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Marking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of map marking: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Icons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drawn Lines&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Every mark on the map must be color-coded based on who the mark is for. There are also specific techniques that platoon and squad leaders must use when developing plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Marking Color Code ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When marking the map, it is important to use the correct color to indicate which element the mark being added is addressed to. This means that all red marks are for alpha squad and so on for each element. Below is a list of the color code used for each element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha - Red&lt;br /&gt;
Bravo - Blue&lt;br /&gt;
Charlie - Green&lt;br /&gt;
Individual Specialties (MMG, MTR, MAT) - Purple&lt;br /&gt;
Command - Yellow&lt;br /&gt;
Armor - Orange&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone - Black&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to mission start, you can set your marker color at the top right of the map screen. This should be done by everyone while safe start is on. Below is a image of the drop down to select your marker color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ColorSelection.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Icons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons are used for specific points such as dismounting, convoy start points, or even mortar/air strike requests. Icon example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:icon.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Drawn Lines ====&lt;br /&gt;
Lines are used to draw movement plans, areas of operation, or even specific blocking orders. Lines can be drawn by holding down the left control key and left mouse button. Line example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EI Map Marks ====&lt;br /&gt;
EI: Enemy Infantry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every &amp;quot;EI call&amp;quot; must be marked on the map once they are pointed out. This allows for direct identification on all levels of command based on color-coded marks. As an example, if it&amp;#039;s a green &amp;quot;ei&amp;quot; mark, then charlie has obviously spotted and called out enemy infantry. Alternatively, if it was blue, bravo has spotted them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Alpha has marked spotted EI at the top of this hill:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:eimark.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we also name terrain within the area of operation. As this hill&amp;#039;s overall peak is 100 meters above sea-level, we&amp;#039;d often refer to this as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;hill 100&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and mark it as such.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Command Map Planning ===&lt;br /&gt;
Regardless of who is in command at the time of mission start, all mission commanders need to follow the same type of planning system. This ensures that all players have a streamlined and structured experience without the need to adapt to different leadership styles as a whole. Failure to do so will result in commanding rights being revoked. The following are examples of full plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Convoy ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:convoy.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also note that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; convoy planned-missions must have a Mount Order defined prior to mission start. A stand MO looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mount order.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Infantry ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:infantry.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Full Plans ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Convoy with Infantry Dismount/Assault =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fullplanlines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calls for Fire ===&lt;br /&gt;
Calls for fire will always be directed by a Joint Terminal Attack Controller(JTAC)/Forward Observer(FO) if available. If not, all leadership can request support through their chain of command. Only the highest level leader may contact the supports directly for fire if there is no JTAC/FO available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mortar Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MORTARS.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Air Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
All airstrike requests &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MUST&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; have an IP (Initial Point) and a &amp;quot;strike&amp;quot; mark as an &amp;quot;X&amp;quot;. If there is multiple air defense threats, the requester can also mark an egress point for safety, but it is not required. All related-points must have the same identifier. In this screenshot, the identifier is &amp;quot;ROMEO&amp;quot;. This means IP Romeo, AS Romeo, and EP Romeo would all be the same strike package.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:airstrike.png|center|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=File:343Radio.png&amp;diff=493</id>
		<title>File:343Radio.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=File:343Radio.png&amp;diff=493"/>
		<updated>2017-06-20T21:00:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: Stewart uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:343Radio.png&amp;amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;An image of the opened 343 Radio&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=492</id>
		<title>Communication and Marking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=492"/>
		<updated>2017-06-20T20:30:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Default Hotkeys */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Communication is top priority whether you&amp;#039;re a rifleman or a platoon leader. Remember, during a session, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;if you&amp;#039;re not shooting or moving, you should be communicating&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Through our radio system (ACRE2), we use a full-duplex system which allows multiple people with different radios to talk on the same channel at the same time. This means we have to practice certain protocols to ensure information flows up and down the chain of command properly. By default the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key allows you to transmit over the radio. Below is an image of the message that will appear in the bottom right of your screen when you are transmitting over the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TransmittingImage.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to letting you know that you are transmitting this message also display some useful information. It shows which radio you are broadcasting on (in this case the PRC-343) and which channel you are broadcasting on (in this case Block 1 - Channel 1). This is important to note so you are transmitting on the correct channel using the correct radio. Before the mission starts it is worth checking your gear to see which radios you have. If you have to change the channel you are broadcasting on, you can open and close the currently selected radio by using the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Alt + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. If you need to cycle between multiple radio, use the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Shift + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. A full list of hotkeys can be found in the mission briefing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Channels/Nets ===&lt;br /&gt;
All radio nets are listed at the map briefing screen. However, you can also find a list of them here. All fireteams have their own private PRC-343 (&amp;quot;walkie-talkie&amp;quot;) while communication between assets, squads, and the platoon all happen on different long-range radios such as the PRC-152, PRC-148, and the PRC-117F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short-Range PRC-343:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PRC-343 or 343 is most basic radio we use. It is mostly used to communicate between fire team members. Almost every position uses a 343 to communicate and it is an important radio to become familiar with. The 343 has the shortest range of all the radios we use so it is important to remember it can only be used to contact nearby elements. It is also important to know how to change channels on the 343. Below is an image of the 343 when you open it up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:343Radio.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the 343, you can see there are two dials at the top as well as a detachable handle on the left side. The left dial can be used to change the volume of your radio. The right dial can be used to change the channel of your radio. The radio will go from channel 1 to channel 16. The handle on the right can also be detached to in order to change the block being transmitted on. Currently there is not need to change the block. Make sure the handle is attached or the radio will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short-Range PRC-343 Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Alpha 2  &lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Alpha 3 &lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Bravo 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Bravo 2 &lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Bravo 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Charlie 1&lt;br /&gt;
CH8 - Charlie 2&lt;br /&gt;
CH9 - Charlie 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH10 - Inter-Armor&lt;br /&gt;
CH11 - Inter-Air&lt;br /&gt;
CH12 - Inter-Platoon&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long-Range PRC-152/148/117F Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Bravo Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Charlie Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Platoon Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Air Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Armor Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Emergency Net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Brevity ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:D90958430728b867af17e012e2226a11.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is the ability to transmit your message with utmost accuracy as quickly as possible. An example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;You are Alpha 1 Fireteam Leader and you see enemies in front of your team, but they&amp;#039;re not aware of your presence.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than a message such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Squad Lead, this is Alpha 1, we uh, see about a squad size or even maybe two squads of infantry in the open over here and we need to know if we should shoot them or wait. So far, I don&amp;#039;t think they uh, have noticed us and we&amp;#039;re prone on the hill here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A proper message with brevity would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ASL, this is A1, we have an EI squad soft contact 300 meters from us at the treeline north. Check map for &amp;quot;EI&amp;quot; mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Default Hotkeys ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, your hotkeys are set to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Default voice over network key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 1 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 2 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 3 VON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Previous Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Next Channel (active radio)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + LEFT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Left Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Both Ears&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + RIGHT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Right Ear&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Toggle headset (takes them off your ears)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;TAB + Scroll UP/DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Volume control&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Switch radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Open radio&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Direct Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Direct communication is any communication done between two or more players in real time. Direct communication is a skill that must be developed in order to relay information between fireteam members more efficiently and ultimately increase surviveability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Calls ===&lt;br /&gt;
A contact is anything unknown that you&amp;#039;re able to visually or audibly identify as being present. A contact is not specifically an enemy vehicle or infantry, so make sure you always identify prior in order to avoid friendly fire incidents. Examples of contact calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I got audio on something tracked to the north in the treeline. Unknown distance&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact, infantry moving in the trees to the southwest, 300 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Marking ==&lt;br /&gt;
Marking is any visual form of identification across one or more mediums. This includes marks on the global map, spray painting doors after buildings have been cleared, or even lasing targets with a laser designator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Types ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two map types: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Un-textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The map type can be toggled at the top right of the map screen. It is recommended that you use un-textured for clarity of terrain and markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TEXTURED.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Un-Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:untextured.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Marking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of map marking: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Icons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drawn Lines&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Every mark on the map must be color-coded based on who the mark is for. There are also specific techniques that platoon and squad leaders must use when developing plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Marking Color Code ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When marking the map, it is important to use the correct color to indicate which element the mark being added is addressed to. This means that all red marks are for alpha squad and so on for each element. Below is a list of the color code used for each element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha - Red&lt;br /&gt;
Bravo - Blue&lt;br /&gt;
Charlie - Green&lt;br /&gt;
Individual Specialties (MMG, MTR, MAT) - Purple&lt;br /&gt;
Command - Yellow&lt;br /&gt;
Armor - Orange&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone - Black&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to mission start, you can set your marker color at the top right of the map screen. This should be done by everyone while safe start is on. Below is a image of the drop down to select your marker color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ColorSelection.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Icons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons are used for specific points such as dismounting, convoy start points, or even mortar/air strike requests. Icon example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:icon.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Drawn Lines ====&lt;br /&gt;
Lines are used to draw movement plans, areas of operation, or even specific blocking orders. Lines can be drawn by holding down the left control key and left mouse button. Line example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EI Map Marks ====&lt;br /&gt;
EI: Enemy Infantry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every &amp;quot;EI call&amp;quot; must be marked on the map once they are pointed out. This allows for direct identification on all levels of command based on color-coded marks. As an example, if it&amp;#039;s a green &amp;quot;ei&amp;quot; mark, then charlie has obviously spotted and called out enemy infantry. Alternatively, if it was blue, bravo has spotted them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Alpha has marked spotted EI at the top of this hill:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:eimark.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we also name terrain within the area of operation. As this hill&amp;#039;s overall peak is 100 meters above sea-level, we&amp;#039;d often refer to this as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;hill 100&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and mark it as such.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Command Map Planning ===&lt;br /&gt;
Regardless of who is in command at the time of mission start, all mission commanders need to follow the same type of planning system. This ensures that all players have a streamlined and structured experience without the need to adapt to different leadership styles as a whole. Failure to do so will result in commanding rights being revoked. The following are examples of full plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Convoy ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:convoy.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also note that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; convoy planned-missions must have a Mount Order defined prior to mission start. A stand MO looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mount order.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Infantry ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:infantry.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Full Plans ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Convoy with Infantry Dismount/Assault =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fullplanlines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calls for Fire ===&lt;br /&gt;
Calls for fire will always be directed by a Joint Terminal Attack Controller(JTAC)/Forward Observer(FO) if available. If not, all leadership can request support through their chain of command. Only the highest level leader may contact the supports directly for fire if there is no JTAC/FO available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mortar Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MORTARS.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Air Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
All airstrike requests &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MUST&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; have an IP (Initial Point) and a &amp;quot;strike&amp;quot; mark as an &amp;quot;X&amp;quot;. If there is multiple air defense threats, the requester can also mark an egress point for safety, but it is not required. All related-points must have the same identifier. In this screenshot, the identifier is &amp;quot;ROMEO&amp;quot;. This means IP Romeo, AS Romeo, and EP Romeo would all be the same strike package.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:airstrike.png|center|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=491</id>
		<title>Communication and Marking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=491"/>
		<updated>2017-06-20T20:29:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Radio Communication */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Communication is top priority whether you&amp;#039;re a rifleman or a platoon leader. Remember, during a session, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;if you&amp;#039;re not shooting or moving, you should be communicating&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Through our radio system (ACRE2), we use a full-duplex system which allows multiple people with different radios to talk on the same channel at the same time. This means we have to practice certain protocols to ensure information flows up and down the chain of command properly. By default the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key allows you to transmit over the radio. Below is an image of the message that will appear in the bottom right of your screen when you are transmitting over the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TransmittingImage.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to letting you know that you are transmitting this message also display some useful information. It shows which radio you are broadcasting on (in this case the PRC-343) and which channel you are broadcasting on (in this case Block 1 - Channel 1). This is important to note so you are transmitting on the correct channel using the correct radio. Before the mission starts it is worth checking your gear to see which radios you have. If you have to change the channel you are broadcasting on, you can open and close the currently selected radio by using the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Alt + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. If you need to cycle between multiple radio, use the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Shift + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. A full list of hotkeys can be found in the mission briefing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Channels/Nets ===&lt;br /&gt;
All radio nets are listed at the map briefing screen. However, you can also find a list of them here. All fireteams have their own private PRC-343 (&amp;quot;walkie-talkie&amp;quot;) while communication between assets, squads, and the platoon all happen on different long-range radios such as the PRC-152, PRC-148, and the PRC-117F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short-Range PRC-343:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PRC-343 or 343 is most basic radio we use. It is mostly used to communicate between fire team members. Almost every position uses a 343 to communicate and it is an important radio to become familiar with. The 343 has the shortest range of all the radios we use so it is important to remember it can only be used to contact nearby elements. It is also important to know how to change channels on the 343. Below is an image of the 343 when you open it up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:343Radio.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the 343, you can see there are two dials at the top as well as a detachable handle on the left side. The left dial can be used to change the volume of your radio. The right dial can be used to change the channel of your radio. The radio will go from channel 1 to channel 16. The handle on the right can also be detached to in order to change the block being transmitted on. Currently there is not need to change the block. Make sure the handle is attached or the radio will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short-Range PRC-343 Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Alpha 2  &lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Alpha 3 &lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Bravo 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Bravo 2 &lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Bravo 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Charlie 1&lt;br /&gt;
CH8 - Charlie 2&lt;br /&gt;
CH9 - Charlie 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH10 - Inter-Armor&lt;br /&gt;
CH11 - Inter-Air&lt;br /&gt;
CH12 - Inter-Platoon&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long-Range PRC-152/148/117F Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Bravo Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Charlie Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Platoon Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Air Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Armor Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Emergency Net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Brevity ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:D90958430728b867af17e012e2226a11.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is the ability to transmit your message with utmost accuracy as quickly as possible. An example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;You are Alpha 1 Fireteam Leader and you see enemies in front of your team, but they&amp;#039;re not aware of your presence.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than a message such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Squad Lead, this is Alpha 1, we uh, see about a squad size or even maybe two squads of infantry in the open over here and we need to know if we should shoot them or wait. So far, I don&amp;#039;t think they uh, have noticed us and we&amp;#039;re prone on the hill here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A proper message with brevity would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ASL, this is A1, we have an EI squad soft contact 300 meters from us at the treeline north. Check map for &amp;quot;EI&amp;quot; mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Default Hotkeys ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, your hotkeys are set to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Default voice over network key&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 1 VON&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 2 VON&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 3 VON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Previous Channel (active radio)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Next Channel (active radio)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + LEFT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Left Ear&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Both Ears&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + RIGHT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Right Ear&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Toggle headset (takes them off your ears)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;TAB + Scroll UP/DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Volume control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Switch radio&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Open radio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Direct Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Direct communication is any communication done between two or more players in real time. Direct communication is a skill that must be developed in order to relay information between fireteam members more efficiently and ultimately increase surviveability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Calls ===&lt;br /&gt;
A contact is anything unknown that you&amp;#039;re able to visually or audibly identify as being present. A contact is not specifically an enemy vehicle or infantry, so make sure you always identify prior in order to avoid friendly fire incidents. Examples of contact calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I got audio on something tracked to the north in the treeline. Unknown distance&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact, infantry moving in the trees to the southwest, 300 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Marking ==&lt;br /&gt;
Marking is any visual form of identification across one or more mediums. This includes marks on the global map, spray painting doors after buildings have been cleared, or even lasing targets with a laser designator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Types ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two map types: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Un-textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The map type can be toggled at the top right of the map screen. It is recommended that you use un-textured for clarity of terrain and markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TEXTURED.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Un-Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:untextured.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Marking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of map marking: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Icons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drawn Lines&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Every mark on the map must be color-coded based on who the mark is for. There are also specific techniques that platoon and squad leaders must use when developing plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Marking Color Code ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When marking the map, it is important to use the correct color to indicate which element the mark being added is addressed to. This means that all red marks are for alpha squad and so on for each element. Below is a list of the color code used for each element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha - Red&lt;br /&gt;
Bravo - Blue&lt;br /&gt;
Charlie - Green&lt;br /&gt;
Individual Specialties (MMG, MTR, MAT) - Purple&lt;br /&gt;
Command - Yellow&lt;br /&gt;
Armor - Orange&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone - Black&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to mission start, you can set your marker color at the top right of the map screen. This should be done by everyone while safe start is on. Below is a image of the drop down to select your marker color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ColorSelection.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Icons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons are used for specific points such as dismounting, convoy start points, or even mortar/air strike requests. Icon example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:icon.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Drawn Lines ====&lt;br /&gt;
Lines are used to draw movement plans, areas of operation, or even specific blocking orders. Lines can be drawn by holding down the left control key and left mouse button. Line example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EI Map Marks ====&lt;br /&gt;
EI: Enemy Infantry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every &amp;quot;EI call&amp;quot; must be marked on the map once they are pointed out. This allows for direct identification on all levels of command based on color-coded marks. As an example, if it&amp;#039;s a green &amp;quot;ei&amp;quot; mark, then charlie has obviously spotted and called out enemy infantry. Alternatively, if it was blue, bravo has spotted them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Alpha has marked spotted EI at the top of this hill:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:eimark.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we also name terrain within the area of operation. As this hill&amp;#039;s overall peak is 100 meters above sea-level, we&amp;#039;d often refer to this as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;hill 100&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and mark it as such.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Command Map Planning ===&lt;br /&gt;
Regardless of who is in command at the time of mission start, all mission commanders need to follow the same type of planning system. This ensures that all players have a streamlined and structured experience without the need to adapt to different leadership styles as a whole. Failure to do so will result in commanding rights being revoked. The following are examples of full plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Convoy ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:convoy.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also note that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; convoy planned-missions must have a Mount Order defined prior to mission start. A stand MO looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mount order.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Infantry ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:infantry.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Full Plans ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Convoy with Infantry Dismount/Assault =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fullplanlines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calls for Fire ===&lt;br /&gt;
Calls for fire will always be directed by a Joint Terminal Attack Controller(JTAC)/Forward Observer(FO) if available. If not, all leadership can request support through their chain of command. Only the highest level leader may contact the supports directly for fire if there is no JTAC/FO available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mortar Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MORTARS.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Air Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
All airstrike requests &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MUST&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; have an IP (Initial Point) and a &amp;quot;strike&amp;quot; mark as an &amp;quot;X&amp;quot;. If there is multiple air defense threats, the requester can also mark an egress point for safety, but it is not required. All related-points must have the same identifier. In this screenshot, the identifier is &amp;quot;ROMEO&amp;quot;. This means IP Romeo, AS Romeo, and EP Romeo would all be the same strike package.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:airstrike.png|center|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=490</id>
		<title>Communication and Marking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=490"/>
		<updated>2017-06-20T20:28:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Radio Communication */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Communication is top priority whether you&amp;#039;re a rifleman or a platoon leader. Remember, during a session, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;if you&amp;#039;re not shooting or moving, you should be communicating&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Through our radio system (ACRE2), we use a full-duplex system which allows multiple people with different radios to talk on the same channel at the same time. This means we have to practice certain protocols to ensure information flows up and down the chain of command properly. By default the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key allows you to transmit over the radio. Below is an image of the message that will appear in the bottom right of your screen when you are transmitting over the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TransmittingImage.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to letting you know that you are transmitting this message also display some useful information. It shows which radio you are broadcasting on (in this case the PRC-343) and which channel you are broadcasting on (in this case Block 1 - Channel 1). This is important to note so you are transmitting on the correct channel using the correct radio. Before the mission starts it is worth checking your gear to see which radios you have. If you have to change the channel you are broadcasting on, you can open and close the currently selected radio by using the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Alt + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. If you need to cycle between multiple radio, use the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Shift + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. A full list of hotkeys can be found in the mission briefing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Channels/Nets ===&lt;br /&gt;
All radio nets are listed at the map briefing screen. However, you can also find a list of them here. All fireteams have their own private PRC-343 (&amp;quot;walkie-talkie&amp;quot;) while communication between assets, squads, and the platoon all happen on different long-range radios such as the PRC-152, PRC-148, and the PRC-117F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short-Range PRC-343:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PRC-343 or 343 is most basic radio we use. It is mostly used to communicate between fire team members. Almost every position uses a 343 to communicate and it is an important radio to become familiar with. The 343 has the shortest range of all the radios we use so it is important to remember it can only be used to contact nearby elements. It is also important to know how to change channels on the 343. Below is an image of the 343 when you open it up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:343Radio.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the 343, you can see there are two dials at the top as well as a detachable handle on the left side. The left dial can be used to change the volume of your radio. The right dial can be used to change the channel of your radio. The radio will go from channel 1 to channel 16. The handle on the right can also be detached to in order to change the block being transmitted on. Currently there is not need to change the block. Make sure the handle is attached or the radio will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short-Range PRC-343 Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Alpha 2  &lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Alpha 3 &lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Bravo 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Bravo 2 &lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Bravo 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Charlie 1&lt;br /&gt;
CH8 - Charlie 2&lt;br /&gt;
CH9 - Charlie 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH10 - Inter-Armor&lt;br /&gt;
CH11 - Inter-Air&lt;br /&gt;
CH12 - Inter-Platoon&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long-Range PRC-152/148/117F Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Bravo Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Charlie Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Platoon Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Air Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Armor Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Emergency Net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Brevity ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:D90958430728b867af17e012e2226a11.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is the ability to transmit your message with utmost accuracy as quickly as possible. An example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;You are Alpha 1 Fireteam Leader and you see enemies in front of your team, but they&amp;#039;re not aware of your presence.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than a message such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Squad Lead, this is Alpha 1, we uh, see about a squad size or even maybe two squads of infantry in the open over here and we need to know if we should shoot them or wait. So far, I don&amp;#039;t think they uh, have noticed us and we&amp;#039;re prone on the hill here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A proper message with brevity would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ASL, this is A1, we have an EI squad soft contact 300 meters from us at the treeline north. Check map for &amp;quot;EI&amp;quot; mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;/&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Default Hotkeys ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, your hotkeys are set to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Default voice over network key&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 1 VON&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 2 VON&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Alternative Radio 3 VON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Previous Channel (active radio)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Next Channel (active radio)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + LEFT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Left Ear&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + UP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Both Ears&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + RIGHT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Active Radio Right Ear&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + SHIFT + DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Toggle headset (takes them off your ears)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;TAB + Scroll UP/DOWN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Volume control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALT + SHIFT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Switch radio&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL + ALT + CapsLock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Open radio&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Direct Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Direct communication is any communication done between two or more players in real time. Direct communication is a skill that must be developed in order to relay information between fireteam members more efficiently and ultimately increase surviveability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Calls ===&lt;br /&gt;
A contact is anything unknown that you&amp;#039;re able to visually or audibly identify as being present. A contact is not specifically an enemy vehicle or infantry, so make sure you always identify prior in order to avoid friendly fire incidents. Examples of contact calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I got audio on something tracked to the north in the treeline. Unknown distance&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact, infantry moving in the trees to the southwest, 300 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Marking ==&lt;br /&gt;
Marking is any visual form of identification across one or more mediums. This includes marks on the global map, spray painting doors after buildings have been cleared, or even lasing targets with a laser designator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Types ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two map types: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Un-textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The map type can be toggled at the top right of the map screen. It is recommended that you use un-textured for clarity of terrain and markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TEXTURED.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Un-Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:untextured.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Marking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of map marking: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Icons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drawn Lines&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Every mark on the map must be color-coded based on who the mark is for. There are also specific techniques that platoon and squad leaders must use when developing plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Marking Color Code ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When marking the map, it is important to use the correct color to indicate which element the mark being added is addressed to. This means that all red marks are for alpha squad and so on for each element. Below is a list of the color code used for each element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha - Red&lt;br /&gt;
Bravo - Blue&lt;br /&gt;
Charlie - Green&lt;br /&gt;
Individual Specialties (MMG, MTR, MAT) - Purple&lt;br /&gt;
Command - Yellow&lt;br /&gt;
Armor - Orange&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone - Black&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to mission start, you can set your marker color at the top right of the map screen. This should be done by everyone while safe start is on. Below is a image of the drop down to select your marker color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ColorSelection.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Icons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons are used for specific points such as dismounting, convoy start points, or even mortar/air strike requests. Icon example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:icon.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Drawn Lines ====&lt;br /&gt;
Lines are used to draw movement plans, areas of operation, or even specific blocking orders. Lines can be drawn by holding down the left control key and left mouse button. Line example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EI Map Marks ====&lt;br /&gt;
EI: Enemy Infantry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every &amp;quot;EI call&amp;quot; must be marked on the map once they are pointed out. This allows for direct identification on all levels of command based on color-coded marks. As an example, if it&amp;#039;s a green &amp;quot;ei&amp;quot; mark, then charlie has obviously spotted and called out enemy infantry. Alternatively, if it was blue, bravo has spotted them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Alpha has marked spotted EI at the top of this hill:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:eimark.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we also name terrain within the area of operation. As this hill&amp;#039;s overall peak is 100 meters above sea-level, we&amp;#039;d often refer to this as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;hill 100&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and mark it as such.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Command Map Planning ===&lt;br /&gt;
Regardless of who is in command at the time of mission start, all mission commanders need to follow the same type of planning system. This ensures that all players have a streamlined and structured experience without the need to adapt to different leadership styles as a whole. Failure to do so will result in commanding rights being revoked. The following are examples of full plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Convoy ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:convoy.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also note that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; convoy planned-missions must have a Mount Order defined prior to mission start. A stand MO looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mount order.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Infantry ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:infantry.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Full Plans ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Convoy with Infantry Dismount/Assault =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fullplanlines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calls for Fire ===&lt;br /&gt;
Calls for fire will always be directed by a Joint Terminal Attack Controller(JTAC)/Forward Observer(FO) if available. If not, all leadership can request support through their chain of command. Only the highest level leader may contact the supports directly for fire if there is no JTAC/FO available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mortar Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MORTARS.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Air Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
All airstrike requests &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MUST&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; have an IP (Initial Point) and a &amp;quot;strike&amp;quot; mark as an &amp;quot;X&amp;quot;. If there is multiple air defense threats, the requester can also mark an egress point for safety, but it is not required. All related-points must have the same identifier. In this screenshot, the identifier is &amp;quot;ROMEO&amp;quot;. This means IP Romeo, AS Romeo, and EP Romeo would all be the same strike package.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:airstrike.png|center|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=489</id>
		<title>Communication and Marking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://coalitiongroup.net/wiki/index.php?title=Communication_and_Marking&amp;diff=489"/>
		<updated>2017-06-20T20:27:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Stewart: /* Radio Communication */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Communication is top priority whether you&amp;#039;re a rifleman or a platoon leader. Remember, during a session, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;if you&amp;#039;re not shooting or moving, you should be communicating&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Through our radio system (ACRE2), we use a full-duplex system which allows multiple people with different radios to talk on the same channel at the same time. This means we have to practice certain protocols to ensure information flows up and down the chain of command properly. By default the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key allows you to transmit over the radio. Below is an image of the message that will appear in the bottom right of your screen when you are transmitting over the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TransmittingImage.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to letting you know that you are transmitting this message also display some useful information. It shows which radio you are broadcasting on (in this case the PRC-343) and which channel you are broadcasting on (in this case Block 1 - Channel 1). This is important to note so you are transmitting on the correct channel using the correct radio. Before the mission starts it is worth checking your gear to see which radios you have. If you have to change the channel you are broadcasting on, you can open and close the currently selected radio by using the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Alt + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. If you need to cycle between multiple radio, use the hotkey &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl + Shift + Caps Lock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. A full list of hotkeys can be found in the mission briefing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Channels/Nets ===&lt;br /&gt;
All radio nets are listed at the map briefing screen. However, you can also find a list of them here. All fireteams have their own private PRC-343 (&amp;quot;walkie-talkie&amp;quot;) while communication between assets, squads, and the platoon all happen on different long-range radios such as the PRC-152, PRC-148, and the PRC-117F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short-Range PRC-343:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PRC-343 or 343 is most basic radio we use. It is mostly used to communicate between fire team members. Almost every position uses a 343 to communicate and it is an important radio to become familiar with. The 343 has the shortest range of all the radios we use so it is important to remember it can only be used to contact nearby elements. It is also important to know how to change channels on the 343. Below is an image of the 343 when you open it up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:343Radio.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at the 343, you can see there are two dials at the top as well as a detachable handle on the left side. The left dial can be used to change the volume of your radio. The right dial can be used to change the channel of your radio. The radio will go from channel 1 to channel 16. The handle on the right can also be detached to in order to change the block being transmitted on. Currently there is not need to change the block. Make sure the handle is attached or the radio will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short-Range PRC-343 Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Alpha 2  &lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Alpha 3 &lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Bravo 1 &lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Bravo 2 &lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Bravo 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Charlie 1&lt;br /&gt;
CH8 - Charlie 2&lt;br /&gt;
CH9 - Charlie 3&lt;br /&gt;
CH10 - Inter-Armor&lt;br /&gt;
CH11 - Inter-Air&lt;br /&gt;
CH12 - Inter-Platoon&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long-Range PRC-152/148/117F Channels:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH1 - Alpha Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH2 - Bravo Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH3 - Charlie Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 - Platoon Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH5 - Air Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH6 - Armor Net&lt;br /&gt;
CH7 - Emergency Net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Brevity ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:D90958430728b867af17e012e2226a11.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brevity is the ability to transmit your message with utmost accuracy as quickly as possible. An example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;You are Alpha 1 Fireteam Leader and you see enemies in front of your team, but they&amp;#039;re not aware of your presence.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than a message such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Squad Lead, this is Alpha 1, we uh, see about a squad size or even maybe two squads of infantry in the open over here and we need to know if we should shoot them or wait. So far, I don&amp;#039;t think they uh, have noticed us and we&amp;#039;re prone on the hill here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A proper message with brevity would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ASL, this is A1, we have an EI squad soft contact 300 meters from us at the treeline north. Check map for &amp;quot;EI&amp;quot; mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Default Hotkeys ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, your hotkeys are set to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CapsLock - Default voice over network key&lt;br /&gt;
SHIFT + CapsLock - Alternative Radio 1 VON&lt;br /&gt;
CTRL + CapsLock - Alternative Radio 2 VON&lt;br /&gt;
ALT + CapsLock - Alternative Radio 3 VON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CTRL + DOWN - Previous Channel (active radio)&lt;br /&gt;
CTRL + UP - Next Channel (active radio)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CTRL + SHIFT + LEFT - Active Radio Left Ear&lt;br /&gt;
CTRL + SHIFT + UP - Active Radio Both Ears&lt;br /&gt;
CTRL + SHIFT + RIGHT - Active Radio Right Ear&lt;br /&gt;
CTRL + SHIFT + DOWN - Toggle headset (takes them off your ears)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TAB + Scroll UP/DOWN - Volume control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALT + SHIFT + CapsLock - Switch radio&lt;br /&gt;
CTRL + ALT + CapsLock - Open radio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Direct Communication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Direct communication is any communication done between two or more players in real time. Direct communication is a skill that must be developed in order to relay information between fireteam members more efficiently and ultimately increase surviveability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Calls ===&lt;br /&gt;
A contact is anything unknown that you&amp;#039;re able to visually or audibly identify as being present. A contact is not specifically an enemy vehicle or infantry, so make sure you always identify prior in order to avoid friendly fire incidents. Examples of contact calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I got audio on something tracked to the north in the treeline. Unknown distance&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact, infantry moving in the trees to the southwest, 300 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Marking ==&lt;br /&gt;
Marking is any visual form of identification across one or more mediums. This includes marks on the global map, spray painting doors after buildings have been cleared, or even lasing targets with a laser designator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Types ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two map types: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Un-textured&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The map type can be toggled at the top right of the map screen. It is recommended that you use un-textured for clarity of terrain and markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TEXTURED.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Un-Textured ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:untextured.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Map Marking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of map marking: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Icons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drawn Lines&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Every mark on the map must be color-coded based on who the mark is for. There are also specific techniques that platoon and squad leaders must use when developing plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Marking Color Code ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When marking the map, it is important to use the correct color to indicate which element the mark being added is addressed to. This means that all red marks are for alpha squad and so on for each element. Below is a list of the color code used for each element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha - Red&lt;br /&gt;
Bravo - Blue&lt;br /&gt;
Charlie - Green&lt;br /&gt;
Individual Specialties (MMG, MTR, MAT) - Purple&lt;br /&gt;
Command - Yellow&lt;br /&gt;
Armor - Orange&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone - Black&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to mission start, you can set your marker color at the top right of the map screen. This should be done by everyone while safe start is on. Below is a image of the drop down to select your marker color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ColorSelection.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Icons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons are used for specific points such as dismounting, convoy start points, or even mortar/air strike requests. Icon example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:icon.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Drawn Lines ====&lt;br /&gt;
Lines are used to draw movement plans, areas of operation, or even specific blocking orders. Lines can be drawn by holding down the left control key and left mouse button. Line example:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EI Map Marks ====&lt;br /&gt;
EI: Enemy Infantry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every &amp;quot;EI call&amp;quot; must be marked on the map once they are pointed out. This allows for direct identification on all levels of command based on color-coded marks. As an example, if it&amp;#039;s a green &amp;quot;ei&amp;quot; mark, then charlie has obviously spotted and called out enemy infantry. Alternatively, if it was blue, bravo has spotted them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Alpha has marked spotted EI at the top of this hill:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:eimark.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we also name terrain within the area of operation. As this hill&amp;#039;s overall peak is 100 meters above sea-level, we&amp;#039;d often refer to this as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;hill 100&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and mark it as such.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Command Map Planning ===&lt;br /&gt;
Regardless of who is in command at the time of mission start, all mission commanders need to follow the same type of planning system. This ensures that all players have a streamlined and structured experience without the need to adapt to different leadership styles as a whole. Failure to do so will result in commanding rights being revoked. The following are examples of full plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Convoy ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:convoy.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also note that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ALL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; convoy planned-missions must have a Mount Order defined prior to mission start. A stand MO looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mount order.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Infantry ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:infantry.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Full Plans ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Convoy with Infantry Dismount/Assault =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fullplanlines.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calls for Fire ===&lt;br /&gt;
Calls for fire will always be directed by a Joint Terminal Attack Controller(JTAC)/Forward Observer(FO) if available. If not, all leadership can request support through their chain of command. Only the highest level leader may contact the supports directly for fire if there is no JTAC/FO available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mortar Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MORTARS.png|center|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Air Support Marking ====&lt;br /&gt;
All airstrike requests &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MUST&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; have an IP (Initial Point) and a &amp;quot;strike&amp;quot; mark as an &amp;quot;X&amp;quot;. If there is multiple air defense threats, the requester can also mark an egress point for safety, but it is not required. All related-points must have the same identifier. In this screenshot, the identifier is &amp;quot;ROMEO&amp;quot;. This means IP Romeo, AS Romeo, and EP Romeo would all be the same strike package.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:airstrike.png|center|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Stewart</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>